TWI830795B - Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays - Google Patents

Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI830795B
TWI830795B TW108138407A TW108138407A TWI830795B TW I830795 B TWI830795 B TW I830795B TW 108138407 A TW108138407 A TW 108138407A TW 108138407 A TW108138407 A TW 108138407A TW I830795 B TWI830795 B TW I830795B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
carbon atoms
composition
component
Prior art date
Application number
TW108138407A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202028423A (en
Inventor
内藤翔太
間瀬謙太朗
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202028423A publication Critical patent/TW202028423A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI830795B publication Critical patent/TWI830795B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01GCOMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
    • C01G21/00Compounds of lead
    • C01G21/16Halides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/10Metal compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/17Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/08Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Luminescent Compositions (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

本發明之組合物包含(1)成分與(2)成分, (1)成分:發光性之半導體材料 (2)成分:選自由三級胺、三級銨陽離子及由三級銨陽離子形成之鹽所組成之群中之至少一種化合物或離子。The composition of the present invention contains (1) component and (2) component, (1) Ingredients: luminescent semiconductor materials (2) Component: at least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines, tertiary ammonium cations and salts formed from tertiary ammonium cations.

Description

組合物、薄膜、積層結構體、發光裝置及顯示器Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays

本發明係關於一種組合物、薄膜、積層結構體、發光裝置及顯示器。The present invention relates to a composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device and display.

業界開發有具備藍色LED(發光二極體)與具有發光性之組合物之LED背光源。近年來,作為上述組合物所含之具有發光性之化合物,對發光性之半導體材料之關注度提高(非專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [非專利文獻]The industry has developed LED backlights that include blue LEDs (light-emitting diodes) and luminescent compositions. In recent years, as a luminescent compound contained in the above composition, attention has been paid to luminescent semiconductor materials (Non-Patent Document 1). [Prior technical literature] [Non-patent literature]

[非專利文獻1]L. Protesescu, S. Yakunin, M. I. Bodnarchuk, F. Krieg, R. Caputo, C. H. Hendon, R. X. Yang, A. Walsh, and M. V. Kovalenko, Nano Letters, 15, p.3692~3696(2015)[Non-patent document 1] L. Protesescu, S. Yakunin, M. I. Bodnarchuk, F. Krieg, R. Caputo, C. H. Hendon, R. 2015)

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

然而,於使用如上述非專利文獻1中記載之包含發光性之半導體材料之組合物作為發光材料之情形時,耐熱性有待進一步提高。However, when a composition containing a luminescent semiconductor material as described in Non-Patent Document 1 is used as a luminescent material, the heat resistance needs to be further improved.

本發明係鑒於上述情況而成者,其課題在於提供一種包含發光性之半導體材料之耐熱性較高之組合物、使用上述組合物之薄膜、使用上述薄膜之積層結構體、具備上述積層結構體之發光裝置及顯示器。 [解決問題之技術手段]The present invention was made in view of the above situation, and its object is to provide a highly heat-resistant composition containing a luminescent semiconductor material, a film using the composition, a laminated structure using the film, and a laminated structure having the above Light-emitting devices and displays. [Technical means to solve problems]

為了解決上述課題,本發明具有以下之態樣。 [1]一種組合物,其包含(1)成分與(2)成分, (1)成分:發光性之半導體材料; (2)成分:選自由三級胺、三級銨陽離子及由三級銨陽離子形成之鹽所組成之群中之至少一種化合物或離子。 [2]如[1]記載之組合物,其中(1)成分係以A、B及X作為構成成分之鈣鈦礦化合物, (A係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之六面體之各頂點之成分,且為1價陽離子; X表示鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之八面體之各頂點之成分,且為選自由鹵化物離子及硫氰酸根離子所組成之群中之至少一種陰離子; B係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於將A配置於頂點之六面體、及將X配置於頂點之八面體之中心的成分,且為金屬離子)。 [3]如[1]或[2]記載之組合物,其進而包含(5)成分, (5)成分:選自由矽氮烷、矽氮烷改質體、下述式(C1)所表示之化合物、下述式(C1)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(C2)所表示之化合物、下述式(C2)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、下述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物、下述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物之改質體、矽酸鈉及矽酸鈉之改質體所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物,In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present invention has the following aspects. [1] A composition containing (1) component and (2) component, (1) Ingredients: luminescent semiconductor materials; (2) Component: at least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines, tertiary ammonium cations and salts formed from tertiary ammonium cations. [2] The composition according to [1], wherein the component (1) is a perovskite compound containing A, B and X as constituent components, (A is a component located at each vertex of the hexahedron with B as the center in the perovskite crystal structure, and is a univalent cation; X represents the component located at each vertex of the octahedron centered on B in the perovskite crystal structure, and is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of halide ions and thiocyanate ions; B is the component located at the center of the hexahedron with A at the vertex and the octahedron with X at the vertex in the perovskite crystal structure, and is a metal ion). [3] The composition according to [1] or [2], further containing the component (5), (5) Component: selected from silazane, modified silazane, a compound represented by the following formula (C1), a modified form of a compound represented by the following formula (C1), and the following formula (C2) The compound represented by the following formula (C2), a modified form of the compound represented by the following formula (C2), the compound represented by the following formula (A5-51), a modified form of the compound represented by the following formula (A5-51), One or more of the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (A5-52), a modified form of the compound represented by the following formula (A5-52), sodium silicate, and a modified form of sodium silicate of compounds,

[化1] (式(C1)中,Y5 表示單鍵、氧原子或硫原子; 於Y5 為氧原子之情形時,R30 及R31 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基; 於Y5 為單鍵或硫原子之情形時,R30 表示碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基,R31 表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基; 式(C2)中,R30 、R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基; 式(C1)及式(C2)中, R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之烷基、環烷基及不飽和烴基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基; a為1~3之整數; 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個Y5 可相同亦可不同; 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R30 可相同亦可不同; 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R32 可相同亦可不同; 於a為1或2時,存在之複數個R31 可相同亦可不同)[Chemical 1] (In formula (C1), Y 5 represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; when Y 5 is an oxygen atom, R 30 and R 31 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkane having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. group, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; when Y 5 is a single bond or a sulfur atom, R 30 represents a cycloalkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl group, cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms. R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 3 to 20 carbon atoms. 30 cycloalkyl group, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; in formula (C2), R 30 , R 31 and R 32 respectively independently represent a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. , a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; in formula (C1) and formula (C2), the alkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 , the hydrogen atoms contained in the cycloalkyl group and the unsaturated hydrocarbon group can be independently substituted with halogen atoms or amine groups; a is an integer from 1 to 3; when a is 2 or 3, the plurality of Y 5 present can be the same or different; when a is 2 or 3, the plural R 30 present may be the same or different; when a is 2 or 3, the plural R 32 present may be the same or different; when a is 1 or 2 , the plural R 31s that exist may be the same or different)

[化2] (式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,AC 為2價烴基,Y15 為氧原子或硫原子;R122 及R123 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基,R124 表示碳原子數1~20之烷基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基,R125 及R126 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數1~20之烷氧基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基;R122 ~R126 所表示之烷基及環烷基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基)。 [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項記載之組合物,其進而包含選自由(3)成分、(4)成分及(4-1)成分所組成之群中之至少一種, (3)成分:溶劑; (4)成分:聚合性化合物; (4-1)成分:聚合物。 [5]一種薄膜,其係以如[1]至[4]中任一項記載之組合物作為形成材料。 [6]一種積層結構體,其包含如[5]記載之薄膜。 [7]一種發光裝置,其具備如[6]記載之積層結構體。 [8]一種顯示器,其具備如[6]記載之積層結構體。 [發明之效果][Chemicalization 2] (In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), A C is a divalent hydrocarbon group, Y 15 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R 122 and R 123 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and a carbon number of 1 to 20 an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, R 124 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 125 and R 126 represent independently Hydrogen atom, alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms; alkyl and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 122 to R 126 The hydrogen atoms contained can be independently substituted with halogen atoms or amine groups). [4] The composition according to any one of [1] to [3], further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of (3) component, (4) component and (4-1) component, (3) Ingredient: solvent; (4) Ingredient: polymeric compound; (4-1) Ingredient: polymer. [5] A film using the composition according to any one of [1] to [4] as a forming material. [6] A laminated structure including the film described in [5]. [7] A light-emitting device including the laminated structure described in [6]. [8] A display having the laminated structure described in [6]. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種包含發光性之半導體材料之耐熱性較高之組合物、使用上述組合物之薄膜、使用上述薄膜之積層結構體、具備上述積層結構體之發光裝置及顯示器。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a highly heat-resistant composition containing a luminescent semiconductor material, a film using the composition, a laminated structure using the film, and a light-emitting device and a display including the laminated structure.

<組合物> 本實施形態之組合物所含之(1)之發光性之半導體材料具有發光性。所謂「發光性」係指發出光之性質。發光性較佳為藉由電子之激發而發光之性質,更佳為藉由激發光引起之電子之激發而發光之性質。激發光之波長例如可為200 nm~800 nm,亦可為250 nm~750 nm,亦可為300 nm~700 nm。<Composition> The luminescent semiconductor material (1) contained in the composition of this embodiment has luminescence properties. The so-called "luminescence" refers to the property of emitting light. The luminescence property is preferably a property of emitting light by excitation of electrons, more preferably a property of emitting light by excitation of electrons by excitation light. The wavelength of the excitation light may be, for example, 200 nm to 800 nm, 250 nm to 750 nm, or 300 nm to 700 nm.

本實施形態之組合物包含(1)成分及(2)成分。 (1)成分:發光性之半導體材料 (2)成分:選自由三級胺、三級銨陽離子及由三級銨陽離子形成之鹽所組成之群中之至少一種化合物或離子The composition of this embodiment contains (1) component and (2) component. (1) Ingredients: luminescent semiconductor materials (2) Component: at least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines, tertiary ammonium cations and salts formed from tertiary ammonium cations

於以下之說明中,有時將(1)成分記載為「(1)半導體材料」,有時將(2)成分簡稱為「(2)表面修飾劑」。In the following description, the component (1) may be described as "(1) semiconductor material", and the component (2) may be simply referred to as "(2) surface modifier".

(2)表面修飾劑係具有吸附於(1)半導體材料之表面而使(1)半導體材料於組合物中穩定地分散之作用之化合物或離子,詳見下文。(2) The surface modifier is a compound or ion that has the function of adsorbing on the surface of (1) the semiconductor material and stably dispersing the (1) semiconductor material in the composition. See below for details.

本實施形態之組合物只要為包含(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之組合物即可,亦可進而包含(1)半導體材料及(2)表面修飾劑以外之成分。The composition of this embodiment only needs to be a composition containing (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modifying agent, and may further contain components other than (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modifying agent.

本實施形態之組合物包含(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑,亦可進而包含選自由(3)成分、(4)成分及(4-1)成分所組成之群中之至少一種。 (3)成分:溶劑 (4)成分:聚合性化合物 (4-1)成分:聚合物The composition of this embodiment contains (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modification agent, and may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of (3) component, (4) component, and (4-1) component. . (3) Ingredients: solvent (4) Ingredients: polymeric compounds (4-1) Ingredients: polymer

於以下之說明中,有時將(3)溶劑、(4)聚合性化合物、(4-1)聚合物統稱為「分散介質」。本實施形態之組合物可分散於該等分散介質中。In the following description, (3) solvent, (4) polymerizable compound, (4-1) polymer may be collectively referred to as "dispersion medium". The composition of this embodiment can be dispersed in these dispersion media.

本實施形態之組合物可分散於分散介質中。 於本說明書中,所謂「分散」,意指(1)半導體材料浮游於分散介質中之狀態、或(1)半導體材料懸浮於分散介質中之狀態。於(1)半導體材料分散於分散介質中之情形時,(1)半導體材料之一部分可沈澱。The composition of this embodiment can be dispersed in a dispersion medium. In this specification, "dispersion" means (1) a state in which a semiconductor material floats in a dispersion medium, or (1) a state in which a semiconductor material is suspended in a dispersion medium. In the case where (1) the semiconductor material is dispersed in the dispersion medium, part of (1) the semiconductor material may precipitate.

於組合物中,分散介質相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率並無特別限定。就提高(1)半導體材料之分散性之觀點、及提高耐久性之觀點而言,分散介質相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為99.99質量%以下,更佳為99.9質量%以下,進而較佳為99質量%以下。In the composition, the content ratio of the dispersion medium relative to the total mass of the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of (1) the semiconductor material and improving the durability, the content ratio of the dispersion medium relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 99.99 mass% or less, more preferably 99.9 mass% or less. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 99 mass % or less.

又,就提高耐久性之觀點而言,分散介質相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為1質量%以上,進而較佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為50質量%以上,進而較佳為80質量%以上,最佳為90質量%以上。Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving durability, the content ratio of the dispersion medium relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, further preferably 10 mass% or more, and still more preferably Preferably, it is 50 mass % or more, More preferably, it is 80 mass % or more, Most preferably, it is 90 mass % or more.

上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合。The upper limit value and the lower limit value mentioned above can be combined arbitrarily.

作為上述上限值及下限值之組合之一例,可列舉:0.1~99.99質量%、1~99.9質量%、1~99質量%、10~99質量%、20~99質量%、50~99質量%、90~99質量%。Examples of combinations of the upper and lower limits include: 0.1 to 99.99 mass%, 1 to 99.9 mass%, 1 to 99 mass%, 10 to 99 mass%, 20 to 99 mass%, 50 to 99 Mass %, 90 to 99 mass %.

本實施形態之組合物可進而包含(5)成分。再者,關於(5)成分詳見下文。 (5)成分:選自由矽氮烷、矽氮烷改質體、上述式(C1)所表示之化合物、上述式(C1)所表示之化合物之改質體、上述式(C2)所表示之化合物、上述式(C2)所表示之化合物之改質體、上述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、上述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物之改質體、上述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物、及上述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物之改質體、矽酸鈉及矽酸鈉之改質體所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物The composition of this embodiment may further contain component (5). Furthermore, see below for details on component (5). (5) Ingredients: selected from silazane, modified silazane, the compound represented by the above formula (C1), the modified form of the compound represented by the above formula (C1), and the compound represented by the above formula (C2) Compound, modified form of the compound represented by the above formula (C2), compound represented by the above formula (A5-51), modified form of the compound represented by the above formula (A5-51), the above formula (A5-52 ), one or more compounds from the group consisting of a modified form of the compound represented by the above formula (A5-52), sodium silicate, and a modified form of sodium silicate

於以下之說明中,將(5)成分稱為「(5)改質體群」。In the following description, (5) component is called "(5) modified body group".

於組合物中,(1)半導體材料相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率並無特別限定。就發光性之半導體材料不易發生凝集之觀點、及防止濃度淬滅之觀點而言,(1)半導體材料相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以下,進而較佳為0.3質量%以下。又,就獲得良好之發光強度之觀點而言,(1)半導體材料相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為0.0001質量%以上,更佳為0.0005質量%以上,進而較佳為0.001質量%以上。In the composition, the content ratio of (1) the semiconductor material relative to the total mass of the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of preventing the luminescent semiconductor material from aggregating easily and preventing concentration quenching, (1) the content ratio of the semiconductor material relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 1 mass % % or less, and more preferably 0.3 mass% or less. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of obtaining good luminous intensity, (1) the content ratio of the semiconductor material relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 0.0001 mass % or more, more preferably 0.0005 mass % or more, and still more preferably 0.001 mass % %above.

上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合。The upper limit value and the lower limit value mentioned above can be combined arbitrarily.

作為上述上限值及下限值之組合之一例,可列舉:0.0001~50質量%、0.0005~1質量%、0.001~0.3質量%。Examples of combinations of the upper limit and the lower limit include: 0.0001 to 50 mass%, 0.0005 to 1 mass%, and 0.001 to 0.3 mass%.

(1)半導體材料相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率為上述範圍內之組合物於(1)半導體材料不易發生凝集、發光性亦可得到良好之發揮之方面而言較佳。(1) A composition in which the content ratio of the semiconductor material relative to the total mass of the composition is within the above range is preferable in that (1) the semiconductor material is less likely to agglomerate and the luminescence properties can be well exhibited.

於組合物中,(2)表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率並無特別限定。就提高耐久性之觀點而言,(2)表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以下,進而較佳為0.5質量%以下。又,就提高(1)半導體材料之耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為0.0001質量%以上,更佳為0.001質量%以上,進而較佳為0.01質量%以上。In the composition, the content ratio of (2) the surface modifier relative to the total mass of the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving durability, (2) the content ratio of the surface modifier relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass% or less, and still more preferably 0.5 mass% or less. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of (1) the semiconductor material, the content is preferably 0.0001 mass% or more, more preferably 0.001 mass% or more, and still more preferably 0.01 mass% or more.

上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合。The upper limit value and the lower limit value mentioned above can be combined arbitrarily.

作為上述上限值及下限值之組合之一例,可列舉:0.0001~30質量%、0.001~1質量%、0.01~0.5質量%。Examples of combinations of the upper limit and the lower limit include 0.0001 to 30 mass %, 0.001 to 1 mass %, and 0.01 to 0.5 mass %.

(2)表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率為上述範圍內之組合物就(1)半導體材料之耐熱性優異之方面而言較佳。(2) A composition in which the content ratio of the surface modifier to the total mass of the composition is within the above range is preferable in terms of (1) the semiconductor material having excellent heat resistance.

於組合物中,(5)改質體群相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率並無特別限定。就提高(1)半導體材料之分散性之觀點、及提高耐久性之觀點而言,(5)改質體群相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,進而較佳為7.5質量%以下。又,就提高耐久性之觀點而言,(1)半導體材料相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為0.001質量%以上,更佳為0.01質量%以上,進而較佳為0.1質量%以上。 上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合。 作為上述上限值及下限值之組合之一例,可列舉:0.001~30質量%、0.001~10質量%、0.1~7.5質量%。 (5)改質體群相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率為上述範圍內之組合物就耐久性之觀點而言較佳。In the composition, the content ratio of the (5) modifier group relative to the total mass of the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving (1) the dispersibility of the semiconductor material and improving the durability, the content ratio of (5) the modifier group relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 30 mass % or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7.5% by mass or less. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving durability, (1) the content ratio of the semiconductor material relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 0.001 mass% or more, more preferably 0.01 mass% or more, and still more preferably 0.1 mass% or more. . The upper limit value and the lower limit value mentioned above can be combined arbitrarily. Examples of combinations of the upper limit and the lower limit include: 0.001 to 30 mass %, 0.001 to 10 mass %, and 0.1 to 7.5 mass %. (5) A composition in which the content ratio of the modifier group to the total mass of the composition is within the above range is preferred from the viewpoint of durability.

本實施形態之組合物亦可含有上述(1)~(5)以外之其他成分。 例如本實施形態之組合物亦可含有(6)成分。再者,關於(6)成分詳見下文。 (6)選自由羧酸、羧酸根離子及羧酸鹽所組成之群中之至少1種化合物或離子The composition of this embodiment may contain other components other than the above (1) to (5). For example, the composition of this embodiment may contain component (6). Furthermore, see below for details on component (6). (6) At least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acid, carboxylate ion and carboxylate

於以下之說明中,將(6)成分稱為「(6)其他表面修飾劑」。In the following description, component (6) is referred to as "(6) other surface modifiers".

於組合物中,(6)其他表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率並無特別限定。就提高耐久性之觀點而言,(6)其他表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以下,進而較佳為0.5質量%以下。又,就提高(1)半導體材料之耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為0.0001質量%以上,更佳為0.001質量%以上,進而較佳為0.01質量%以上。In the composition, the content ratio of (6) other surface modifiers relative to the total mass of the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving durability, (6) the content ratio of other surface modifiers relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass% or less, and still more preferably 0.5 mass% or less. . Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of (1) the semiconductor material, the content is preferably 0.0001 mass% or more, more preferably 0.001 mass% or more, and still more preferably 0.01 mass% or more.

上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合。The upper limit value and the lower limit value mentioned above can be combined arbitrarily.

作為上述上限值及下限值之組合之一例,可列舉:0.0001~30質量%、0.001~1質量%、0.01~0.5質量%。Examples of combinations of the upper limit and the lower limit include 0.0001 to 30 mass %, 0.001 to 1 mass %, and 0.01 to 0.5 mass %.

(6)其他表面修飾劑相對於組合物之總質量之含有比率為上述範圍內之組合物就(1)半導體材料之耐熱性優異之方面而言較佳。(6) A composition in which the content ratio of other surface modifiers relative to the total mass of the composition is within the above range is preferred in terms of (1) the semiconductor material having excellent heat resistance.

又,例如本實施形態之組合物亦可進而含有若干雜質、具有包含構成(1)半導體材料之元素之非晶結構之化合物、聚合起始劑。Furthermore, for example, the composition of this embodiment may further contain some impurities, a compound having an amorphous structure containing elements constituting (1) the semiconductor material, and a polymerization initiator.

本實施形態之組合物中之若干雜質、包含構成(1)半導體材料之元素之非晶結構之化合物、聚合起始劑之合計含有比率相對於組合物之總質量,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下,進而較佳為1質量%以下。The total content ratio of certain impurities, amorphous structural compounds containing elements constituting (1) semiconductor materials, and polymerization initiators in the composition of this embodiment is preferably 10 mass % or less relative to the total mass of the composition. , more preferably 5 mass% or less, further preferably 1 mass% or less.

以下,對本實施形態之組合物所含之(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(3)溶劑、(4)聚合性化合物、(4-1)聚合物、(5)改質體群等進行說明。Hereinafter, the (1) semiconductor material, (2) surface modification agent, (3) solvent, (4) polymerizable compound, (4-1) polymer, and (5) modified body contained in the composition of this embodiment will be described. group etc. to explain.

<<(1)半導體材料>> 作為本實施形態之組合物所含之(1)半導體材料,可列舉下述(i)~(viii)。 (i)包含II族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (ii)包含II族-V族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (iii)包含III族-V族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (iv)包含III族-IV族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (v)包含III族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (vi)包含IV族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料 (vii)包含過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體之半導體材料 (viii)包含具有鈣鈦礦結構之化合物半導體之半導體材料<<(1) Semiconductor materials>> Examples of the (1) semiconductor material contained in the composition of this embodiment include the following (i) to (viii). (i) Semiconductor materials including Group II-VI compound semiconductors (ii) Semiconductor materials including Group II-V compound semiconductors (iii) Semiconductor materials including Group III-V compound semiconductors (iv) Semiconductor materials including Group III-IV compound semiconductors (v) Semiconductor materials including Group III-VI compound semiconductors (vi) Semiconductor materials including Group IV-VI compound semiconductors (vii) Semiconductor materials including transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductors (viii) Semiconductor materials including compound semiconductors with perovskite structures

<(i)包含II族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料> 作為II族-VI族化合物半導體,可列舉:包含週期表之第2族元素與第16族元素之化合物半導體、及包含週期表之第12族元素與第16族元素之化合物半導體。 再者,於本說明書中,所謂「週期表」意指長週期型週期表。<(i) Semiconductor materials including Group II-VI compound semiconductors> Examples of Group II-VI compound semiconductors include compound semiconductors containing Group 2 elements and Group 16 elements of the periodic table, and compound semiconductors containing Group 12 elements and Group 16 elements of the periodic table. In addition, in this specification, the term "periodic table" means a long-period periodic table.

於以下之說明中,有時將包含第2族元素與第16族元素之化合物半導體稱為「化合物半導體(i-1)」、將包含第12族元素與第16族元素之化合物半導體稱為「化合物半導體(i-2)」。In the following description, a compound semiconductor containing Group 2 elements and Group 16 elements may be called "compound semiconductor (i-1)", and a compound semiconductor containing Group 12 elements and Group 16 elements may be called "compound semiconductor (i-1)". "Compound Semiconductor (i-2)".

作為化合物半導體(i-1)中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:MgS、MgSe、MgTe、CaS、CaSe、CaTe、SrS、SrSe、SrTe、BaS、BaSe或BaTe。Examples of the binary compound semiconductor among the compound semiconductors (i-1) include MgS, MgSe, MgTe, CaS, CaSe, CaTe, SrS, SrSe, SrTe, BaS, BaSe or BaTe.

又,作為化合物半導體(i-1),亦可為 (i-1-1)包含1種第2族元素、2種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (i-1-2)包含2種第2族元素、1種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (i-1-3)包含2種第2族元素、2種第16族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。Furthermore, the compound semiconductor (i-1) may also be (i-1-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 2 element and two Group 16 elements; (i-1-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 2 elements and one Group 16 element; (i-1-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 2 elements and two Group 16 elements.

作為化合物半導體(i-2)中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:ZnS、ZnSe、ZnTe、CdS、CdSe、CdTe、HgS、HgSe或HgTe。Examples of the binary compound semiconductor among the compound semiconductors (i-2) include ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, CdS, CdSe, CdTe, HgS, HgSe or HgTe.

又,作為化合物半導體(i-2),亦可為 (i-2-1)包含1種第12族元素、2種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (i-2-2)包含2種第12族元素、1種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (i-2-3)包含2種第12族元素、2種第16族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。Furthermore, the compound semiconductor (i-2) may also be (i-2-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 12 element and two Group 16 elements; (i-2-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 12 elements and one Group 16 element; (i-2-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 12 elements and two Group 16 elements.

II族-VI族化合物半導體亦可包含第2族元素、第12族元素及第16族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group II-VI compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 2 elements, Group 12 elements and Group 16 elements as doping elements.

<(ii)包含II族-V族化合物半導體之半導體材料> II族-V族化合物半導體包含第12族元素與第15族元素。<(ii) Semiconductor materials including Group II-V compound semiconductors> Group II-V compound semiconductors include Group 12 elements and Group 15 elements.

作為II族-V族化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:Zn3 P2 、Zn3 As2 、Cd3 P2 、Cd3 As2 、Cd3 N2 或Zn3 N2Examples of binary system compound semiconductors among Group II-V compound semiconductors include: Zn 3 P 2 , Zn 3 As 2 , Cd 3 P 2 , Cd 3 As 2 , Cd 3 N 2 or Zn 3 N 2 .

又,作為II族-V族化合物半導體,亦可為 (ii-1)包含1種第12族元素、2種第15族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (ii-2)包含2種第12族元素、1種第15族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (ii-3)包含2種第12族元素、2種第15族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。In addition, as a group II-V compound semiconductor, it may also be (ii-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 12 element and two Group 15 elements; (ii-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 12 elements and one Group 15 element; (ii-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 12 elements and two Group 15 elements.

II族-V族化合物半導體亦可包含第12族元素及第15族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group II-V compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 12 elements and Group 15 elements as doping elements.

<(iii)包含III族-V族化合物半導體之半導體材料> III族-V族化合物半導體包含第13族元素與第15族元素。<(iii) Semiconductor materials including Group III-V compound semiconductors> Group III-V compound semiconductors include Group 13 elements and Group 15 elements.

作為III族-V族化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:BP、AlP、AlAs、AlSb、GaN、GaP、GaAs、GaSb、InN、InP、InAs、InSb、AlN或BN。Examples of binary system compound semiconductors among Group III-V compound semiconductors include BP, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, AlN, or BN.

又,作為III族-V族化合物半導體,亦可為 (iii-1)包含1種第13族元素、2種第15族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (iii-2)包含2種第13族元素、1種第15族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (iii-3)包含2種第13族元素、2種第15族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。In addition, as a group III-V compound semiconductor, it may also be (iii-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 13 element and two Group 15 elements; (iii-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and one Group 15 element; (iii-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and two Group 15 elements.

III族-V族化合物半導體亦可包含第13族元素及第15族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group III-V compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 13 elements and Group 15 elements as doping elements.

<(iv)包含III族-IV族化合物半導體之半導體材料> III族-IV族化合物半導體包含第13族元素與第14族元素。<(iv) Semiconductor materials including Group III-IV compound semiconductors> Group III-IV compound semiconductors include Group 13 elements and Group 14 elements.

作為III族-IV族化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:B4 C3 、Al4 C3 、Ga4 C3Examples of binary compound semiconductors among Group III-IV compound semiconductors include B 4 C 3 , Al 4 C 3 , and Ga 4 C 3 .

又,作為III族-IV族化合物半導體,亦可為 (iv-1)包含1種第13族元素、2種第14族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (iv-2)包含2種第13族元素、1種第14族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (iv-3)包含2種第13族元素、2種第14族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。In addition, as the Group III-IV compound semiconductor, it may also be (iv-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 13 element and two Group 14 elements; (iv-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and one Group 14 element; (iv-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and two Group 14 elements.

III族-IV族化合物半導體亦可包含第13族元素及第14族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group III-IV compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 13 elements and Group 14 elements as doping elements.

<(v)包含III族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料> III族-VI族化合物半導體包含第13族元素與第16族元素。<(v) Semiconductor materials including Group III-VI compound semiconductors> Group III-VI compound semiconductors include Group 13 elements and Group 16 elements.

作為III族-VI族化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:Al2 S3 、Al2 Se3 、Al2 Te3 、Ga2 S3 、Ga2 Se3 、Ga2 Te3 、GaTe、In2 S3 、In2 Se3 、In2 Te3 或InTe。Examples of binary system compound semiconductors among Group III-VI compound semiconductors include: Al 2 S 3 , Al 2 Se 3 , Al 2 Te 3 , Ga 2 S 3 , Ga 2 Se 3 , Ga 2 Te 3 , GaTe, In 2 S 3 , In 2 Se 3 , In 2 Te 3 or InTe.

又,作為III族-VI族化合物半導體,亦可為 (v-1)包含1種第13族元素、2種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (v-2)包含2種第13族元素、1種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (v-3)包含2種第13族元素、2種第16族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。In addition, as a group III-group VI compound semiconductor, it may also be (v-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 13 element and two Group 16 elements; (v-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and one Group 16 element; (v-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 13 elements and two Group 16 elements.

III族-VI族化合物半導體亦可包含第13族元素及第16族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group III-VI compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 13 elements and Group 16 elements as doping elements.

<(vi)包含IV族-VI族化合物半導體之半導體材料> IV族-VI族化合物半導體包含第14族元素與第16族元素。<(vi) Semiconductor materials including Group IV-VI compound semiconductors> Group IV-VI compound semiconductors include Group 14 elements and Group 16 elements.

作為IV族-VI族化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:PbS、PbSe、PbTe、SnS、SnSe或SnTe。Examples of binary system compound semiconductors among Group IV-VI compound semiconductors include PbS, PbSe, PbTe, SnS, SnSe or SnTe.

又,作為IV族-VI族化合物半導體,亦可為 (vi-1)包含1種第14族元素、2種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (vi-2)包含2種第14族元素、1種第16族元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (vi-3)包含2種第14族元素、2種第16族元素之四元系之化合物半導體。Furthermore, as a Group IV-VI compound semiconductor, it may also be (vi-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one Group 14 element and two Group 16 elements; (vi-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 14 elements and one Group 16 element; (vi-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two Group 14 elements and two Group 16 elements.

III族-VI族化合物半導體亦可包含第14族元素及第16族元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Group III-VI compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than Group 14 elements and Group 16 elements as doping elements.

<(vii)包含過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體之半導體材料> 過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體包含過渡金屬元素與p-封端元素。所謂「p-封端元素」係屬於週期表之第13族至第18族之元素。<(vii) Semiconductor materials including transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductors> Transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductors contain transition metal elements and p-terminated elements. The so-called "p-terminated elements" are elements belonging to groups 13 to 18 of the periodic table.

作為過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體中之二元系之化合物半導體,例如可列舉:NiS、CrS。Examples of binary system compound semiconductors among transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductors include NiS and CrS.

又,作為過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體,亦可為 (vii-1)包含1種過渡金屬元素、2種p-封端元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (vii-2)包含2種過渡金屬元素、1種p-封端元素之三元系之化合物半導體; (vii-3)包含2種過渡金屬元素、2種p-封端元素之四元系之化合物半導體。In addition, as a transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductor, it may also be (vii-1) A ternary compound semiconductor containing one transition metal element and two p-terminal elements; (vii-2) A ternary compound semiconductor containing two transition metal elements and one p-terminal element; (vii-3) A quaternary compound semiconductor containing two transition metal elements and two p-terminal elements.

過渡金屬-p-封端化合物半導體亦可包含過渡金屬元素及p-封端元素以外之元素作為摻雜元素。Transition metal-p-terminated compound semiconductors may also contain elements other than transition metal elements and p-terminated elements as doping elements.

作為上述三元系之化合物半導體或四元系之化合物半導體之具體例,可列舉:ZnCdS、CdSeS、CdSeTe、CdSTe、ZnSeS、ZnSeTe、ZnSTe、HgSeS、HgSeTe、HgSTe、CdZnS、CdZnSe、CdZnTe、CdHgS、CdHgSe、CdHgTe、HgZnS、HgZnSe、HgZnTe、ZnCdSSe、CdZnSeS、CdZnSeTe、CdZnSTe、CdHgSeS、CdHgSeTe、CdHgSTe、HgZnSeS、HgZnSeTe、HgZnSTe、GaNP、GaNAs、GaPAs、AlNP、AlNAs、AlPAs、InNP、InNAs、InPAs、GaAlNP、GaAlNAs、GaAlPAs、GaInNP、GaInNAs、GaInPAs、InAlNP、InAlNAs、CuInS2 或InAlPAs等。Specific examples of the above-mentioned ternary compound semiconductor or quaternary compound semiconductor include: ZnCdS, CdSeS, CdSeTe, CdSTe, ZnSeS, ZnSeTe, ZnSTe, HgSeS, HgSeTe, HgSTe, CdZnS, CdZnSe, CdZnTe, CdHgS, CdHgSe, CdHgTe, HgZnS, HgZnSe, HgZnTe, ZnCdSSe, CdZnSeS, CdZnSeTe, CdZnSTe, CdHgSeS, CdHgSeTe, CdHgSTe, HgZnSeS, HgZnSeTe, HgZnSTe, GaNP, GaNAs, GaPAs, AlNP, AlNAs, AlPAs, InNP ,InNAs,InPAs,GaAlNP, GaAlNAs, GaAlPAs, GaInNP, GaInNAs, GaInPAs, InAlNP, InAlNAs, CuInS 2 or InAlPAs, etc.

於本實施形態之組合物中,上述化合物半導體之中較佳為包含作為第12族元素之Cd之化合物半導體、及包含作為第13族元素之In之化合物半導體。又,於本實施形態之組合物中,上述化合物半導體之中較佳為包含Cd與Se之化合物半導體、及包含In與P之化合物半導體。In the composition of this embodiment, among the above compound semiconductors, a compound semiconductor containing Cd as a Group 12 element and a compound semiconductor containing In as a Group 13 element are preferred. Furthermore, in the composition of this embodiment, among the above-mentioned compound semiconductors, a compound semiconductor containing Cd and Se and a compound semiconductor containing In and P are preferred.

包含Cd與Se之化合物半導體為二元系之化合物半導體、三元系之化合物半導體、四元系之化合物半導體之任意者均較佳。其中,尤佳為作為二元系之化合物半導體的CdSe。The compound semiconductor containing Cd and Se is preferably any of a binary compound semiconductor, a ternary compound semiconductor, and a quaternary compound semiconductor. Among them, CdSe, which is a binary compound semiconductor, is particularly preferred.

包含In與P之化合物半導體為二元系之化合物半導體、三元系之化合物半導體、四元系之化合物半導體之任意者均較佳。其中,尤佳為作為二元系之化合物半導體的InP。The compound semiconductor containing In and P is preferably any of a binary compound semiconductor, a ternary compound semiconductor, and a quaternary compound semiconductor. Among them, InP, which is a binary compound semiconductor, is particularly preferred.

<(viii)包含具有鈣鈦礦結構之化合物半導體之半導體材料> 具有鈣鈦礦結構之化合物半導體具有以A、B及X作為構成成分之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構。於以下之說明中,有時將具有鈣鈦礦結構之化合物半導體簡稱為「鈣鈦礦化合物」。<(viii) Semiconductor material including a compound semiconductor having a perovskite structure> Compound semiconductors with a perovskite structure have a perovskite crystal structure containing A, B, and X as constituent components. In the following description, compound semiconductors with a perovskite structure are sometimes referred to simply as "perovskite compounds."

A係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之六面體之各頂點之成分,且為1價陽離子。 X表示鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之八面體之各頂點之成分,且為選自由鹵化物離子及硫氰酸根離子所組成之群中之至少一種陰離子。 B係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於將A配置於頂點之六面體、及將X配置於頂點之八面體之中心的成分,且為金屬離子。A is a component located at each vertex of a hexahedron centered on B in the perovskite crystal structure, and is a monovalent cation. X represents a component located at each vertex of an octahedron centered on B in the perovskite crystal structure, and is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of halide ions and thiocyanate ions. B is a component located at the center of a hexahedron with A at its vertex and an octahedron with X at its vertex in the perovskite crystal structure, and is a metal ion.

作為以A、B及X作為構成成分之鈣鈦礦化合物,並無特別限定,可為具有三維結構、二維結構、準二維結構(quasi-2D)之任一結構之化合物。 於三維結構之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物之組成式係以ABX(3 δ) 表示。 於二維結構之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物之組成式係以A2 BX(4 δ) 表示。The perovskite compound containing A, B, and In the case of a three-dimensional structure, the composition formula of the perovskite compound is expressed as ABX (3 + δ) . In the case of a two-dimensional structure, the composition formula of the perovskite compound is represented by A 2 BX (4 + δ) .

此處,δ係可與B保持電荷平衡地適當變更之數,為-0.7以上0.7以下。例如於A為1價陽離子、B為2價陽離子、X為1價陰離子之情形時,可以鈣鈦礦化合物成為電中性之方式選擇δ。所謂鈣鈦礦化合物成為電中性,意指鈣鈦礦化合物之電荷為0。Here, δ is a number that can be appropriately changed to maintain charge balance with B, and is -0.7 or more and 0.7 or less. For example, when A is a monovalent cation, B is a divalent cation, and X is a monovalent anion, δ can be selected so that the perovskite compound becomes electrically neutral. The so-called perovskite compound becomes electrically neutral means that the electric charge of the perovskite compound is 0.

鈣鈦礦化合物包括以B為中心、頂點設為X之八面體。八面體係以BX6 表示。 於鈣鈦礦化合物具有三維結構之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物所含之BX6 藉由在結晶中相鄰之2個八面體(BX6 )共有1個位於八面體(BX6 )頂點之X而構成三維網狀結構。The perovskite compound includes an octahedron with B as the center and the vertex as X. The octagonal system is represented by BX 6 . When the perovskite compound has a three-dimensional structure, the BX 6 contained in the perovskite compound is located at the vertex of the octahedron (BX 6 ) through two adjacent octahedrons (BX 6 ) in the crystal. X to form a three-dimensional network structure.

於鈣鈦礦化合物具有二維結構之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物所含之BX6 藉由在結晶中相鄰之2個八面體(BX6 )共有2個位於八面體(BX6 )頂點之X而共有八面體之稜線,從而構成二維相連之層。鈣鈦礦化合物具有包含二維相連之BX6 之層與包含A之層交替積層之結構。When the perovskite compound has a two-dimensional structure, the BX 6 contained in the perovskite compound is located in the octahedron (BX 6 ) by two adjacent octahedrons (BX 6 ) in the crystal. The vertices X share the ridges of the octahedron, thus forming a two-dimensional connected layer. The perovskite compound has a structure in which layers including two-dimensionally connected BX 6 and layers including A are alternately stacked.

於本說明書中,鈣鈦礦化合物之結晶結構可藉由X射線繞射圖樣進行確認。In this specification, the crystal structure of the perovskite compound can be confirmed by X-ray diffraction patterns.

於鈣鈦礦化合物具有三維結構之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構之情形時,通常於X射線繞射圖樣中,於2θ=12~18°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(001)之峰。或於2θ=18~25°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(110)之峰。When the perovskite compound has a three-dimensional perovskite crystal structure, a peak originating from (hkl) = (001) is usually confirmed at the position of 2θ=12~18° in the X-ray diffraction pattern. . Or the peak originating from (hkl)=(110) is confirmed at the position of 2θ=18~25°.

於鈣鈦礦化合物具有三維結構之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構之情形時,較佳為於2θ=13~16°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(001)之峰、或於2θ=20~23°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(110)之峰。When the perovskite compound has a three-dimensional perovskite crystal structure, it is preferable to confirm the peak originating from (hkl) = (001) at 2θ=13 to 16°, or at 2θ=20 A peak originating from (hkl)=(110) was confirmed at the position of ~23°.

於鈣鈦礦化合物具有二維結構之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構之情形時,通常於X射線繞射圖樣中,於2θ=1~10°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(002)之峰。又,較佳為於2θ=2~8°之位置確認到源自(hkl)=(002)之峰。In the case where the perovskite compound has a two-dimensional perovskite crystal structure, the X-ray diffraction pattern is usually confirmed to be derived from (hkl) = (002) at the position of 2θ = 1 to 10°. peak. Furthermore, it is preferable to confirm the peak originating from (hkl)=(002) at the position of 2θ=2 to 8°.

鈣鈦礦化合物較佳為具有三維結構。The perovskite compound preferably has a three-dimensional structure.

(構成成分A) 構成鈣鈦礦化合物之A為1價陽離子。作為A,可列舉:銫離子、有機銨離子或脒鎓離子。(Component A) A constituting the perovskite compound is a monovalent cation. Examples of A include cesium ions, organic ammonium ions, and amidinium ions.

(有機銨離子) 作為A之有機銨離子,具體而言,可列舉下述式(A3)所表示之陽離子。(organic ammonium ion) Specific examples of the organic ammonium ion of A include cations represented by the following formula (A3).

[化3] [Chemical 3]

式(A3)中,R6 ~R9 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或環烷基。其中,R6 ~R9 中之至少一者為烷基或環烷基,且R6 ~R9 不會全部同時為氫原子。In formula (A3), R 6 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Among them, at least one of R 6 to R 9 is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and not all R 6 to R 9 are hydrogen atoms at the same time.

R6 ~R9 所表示之烷基分別獨立地可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。又,R6 ~R9 所表示之烷基可分別獨立地具有胺基作為取代基。The alkyl groups represented by R 6 to R 9 may each independently be linear or branched. Furthermore, the alkyl groups represented by R 6 to R 9 may each independently have an amino group as a substituent.

於R6 ~R9 為烷基之情形時,碳原子數分別獨立地通常為1~20,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3,進而較佳為1。When R 6 to R 9 are alkyl groups, the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 to 20 independently, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.

R6 ~R9 所表示之環烷基可分別獨立地具有胺基作為取代基。The cycloalkyl groups represented by R 6 to R 9 may each independently have an amino group as a substituent.

R6 ~R9 所表示之環烷基之碳原子數分別獨立地通常為3~30,較佳為3~11,更佳為3~8。碳原子數亦包括取代基之碳原子數在內。The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 6 to R 9 is each independently usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 11, and more preferably 3 to 8. The number of carbon atoms also includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

作為R6 ~R9 所表示之基,分別獨立地較佳為氫原子或烷基。The groups represented by R 6 to R 9 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

於鈣鈦礦化合物包含上述式(A3)所表示之有機銨離子作為A之情形時,式(A3)可含有之烷基及環烷基之數量宜較少。又,式(A3)可含有之烷基及環烷基之碳原子數宜較小。藉此,可獲得發光強度較高之三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物。When the perovskite compound contains the organic ammonium ion represented by the above formula (A3) as A, the number of alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups that the formula (A3) may contain is preferably smaller. In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group that may be contained in the formula (A3) is preferably smaller. In this way, a perovskite compound with a three-dimensional structure with high luminous intensity can be obtained.

於式(A3)所表示之有機銨離子中,R6 ~R9 所表示之烷基及環烷基中含有之碳原子數之合計數較佳為1~4。又,於式(A3)所表示之有機銨離子中,更佳為R6 ~R9 中之一者為碳原子數1~3之烷基,R6 ~R9 中之三者為氫原子。In the organic ammonium ion represented by formula (A3), the total number of carbon atoms contained in the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 6 to R 9 is preferably 1 to 4. Furthermore, in the organic ammonium ion represented by formula (A3), it is more preferred that one of R 6 to R 9 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and three of R 6 to R 9 are hydrogen atoms. .

作為R6 ~R9 之烷基,可例示:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、第三戊基、1-甲基丁基、正己基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基丁基、2,3-二甲基丁基、正庚基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、2,2-二甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、3-乙基戊基、2,2,3-三甲基丁基、正辛基、異辛基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基。Examples of the alkyl group for R 6 to R 9 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-butyl, etc. Pentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3- Dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl base, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl , undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl .

作為R6 ~R9 之環烷基,可分別獨立地列舉於作為R6 ~R9 之烷基所例示之碳原子數3以上之烷基上形成環而成者。作為一例,可例示:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、環壬基、環癸基、降𦯉基、異𦯉基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、三環癸基等。The cycloalkyl groups of R 6 to R 9 can each be independently exemplified by those in which a ring is formed on an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms exemplified as the alkyl group of R 6 to R 9 . Examples include: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecanyl, norbisyl, isobisyl, and 1-adamantyl. , 2-adamantyl, tricyclodecyl, etc.

作為A所表示之有機銨離子,較佳為CH3 NH3 + (亦稱為甲基銨離子)、C2 H5 NH3 + (亦稱為乙基銨離子)或C3 H7 NH3 + (亦稱為丙基銨離子),更佳為CH3 NH3 + 或C2 H5 NH3 + ,進而較佳為CH3 NH3 +The organic ammonium ion represented by A is preferably CH 3 NH 3 + (also called methylammonium ion), C 2 H 5 NH 3 + (also called ethylammonium ion) or C 3 H 7 NH 3 + (also called propylammonium ion), more preferably CH 3 NH 3 + or C 2 H 5 NH 3 + , further preferably CH 3 NH 3 + .

(脒鎓離子) 作為A所表示之脒鎓離子,例如可列舉下述式(A4)所表示之脒鎓離子。 (R10 R11 N=CH-NR12 R13 )+ ・・・(A4)(Amidinium ion) Examples of the amidinium ion represented by A include an amidinium ion represented by the following formula (A4). (R 10 R 11 N=CH-NR 12 R 13 ) +・・・(A4)

式(A4)中,R10 ~R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有胺基作為取代基之烷基、或可具有胺基作為取代基之環烷基。In formula (A4), R 10 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have an amino group as a substituent, or a cycloalkyl group which may have an amino group as a substituent.

R10 ~R13 所表示之烷基分別獨立地可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。又,R10 ~R13 所表示之烷基可分別獨立地具有胺基作為取代基。The alkyl groups represented by R 10 to R 13 may independently be linear or branched. Furthermore, the alkyl groups represented by R 10 to R 13 may each independently have an amino group as a substituent.

R10 ~R13 所表示之烷基之碳原子數分別獨立地通常為1~20,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 10 to R 13 is each independently usually 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.

R10 ~R13 所表示之環烷基可分別獨立地具有胺基作為取代基。The cycloalkyl groups represented by R 10 to R 13 may each independently have an amino group as a substituent.

R10 ~R13 所表示之環烷基之碳原子數分別獨立地通常為3~30,較佳為3~11,更佳為3~8。碳原子數包括取代基之碳原子數在內。The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 10 to R 13 is each independently usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 11, and more preferably 3 to 8. The number of carbon atoms includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

作為R10 ~R13 之烷基之具體例,可分別獨立地列舉與R6 ~R9 中所例示之烷基相同之基。 作為R10 ~R13 之環烷基之具體例,可分別獨立地列舉與R6 ~R9 中所例示之環烷基相同之基。Specific examples of the alkyl group for R 10 to R 13 include the same groups as the alkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 . Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group for R 10 to R 13 include the same groups as the cycloalkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 .

作為R10 ~R13 所表示之基,分別獨立地較佳為氫原子或烷基。The groups represented by R 10 to R 13 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

藉由減少式(A4)所含有之烷基及環烷基之數量、以及減小烷基及環烷基之碳原子數,可獲得發光強度較高之三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物。By reducing the number of alkyl and cycloalkyl groups contained in formula (A4) and reducing the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups, a three-dimensional perovskite compound with higher luminous intensity can be obtained.

於脒鎓離子中,R10 ~R13 所表示之烷基及環烷基中含有之碳原子數之合計數較佳為1~4,更佳為R10 為碳原子數1~3之烷基,R11 ~R13 為氫原子。In the amidinium ion, the total number of carbon atoms contained in the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 10 to R 13 is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably R 10 is an alkane with 1 to 3 carbon atoms. group, R 11 to R 13 are hydrogen atoms.

於鈣鈦礦化合物中,在A為銫離子、碳原子數3以下之有機銨離子或碳原子數3以下之脒鎓離子之情形時,一般而言鈣鈦礦化合物具有三維結構。In a perovskite compound, when A is a cesium ion, an organic ammonium ion with 3 or less carbon atoms, or an amidinium ion with 3 or less carbon atoms, the perovskite compound generally has a three-dimensional structure.

於鈣鈦礦化合物中,在A為碳原子數4以上之有機銨離子或碳原子數4以上之脒鎓離子之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物具有二維結構及準二維(quasi-2D)結構之任一種或兩種結構。於該情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物可於結晶局部或整體地具有二維結構或準二維結構。 若二維之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構複數個積層,則變得等同於三維之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構(參考文獻:P. PBoix等人,J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2015, 6, 898~907等)。In the perovskite compound, when A is an organic ammonium ion with more than 4 carbon atoms or an amidinium ion with more than 4 carbon atoms, the perovskite compound has a two-dimensional structure and a quasi-2D structure. Either or both structures. In this case, the perovskite compound may have a two-dimensional structure or a quasi-two-dimensional structure partially or entirely in the crystal. If the two-dimensional perovskite crystal structure is stacked in multiple layers, it becomes equivalent to the three-dimensional perovskite crystal structure (Reference: P. PBoix et al., J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2015, 6, 898 ~907 etc.).

鈣鈦礦化合物中之A較佳為銫離子或脒鎓離子。A in the perovskite compound is preferably cesium ion or amidinium ion.

(構成成分B) 構成鈣鈦礦化合物之B可為選自由1價金屬離子、2價金屬離子及3價金屬離子所組成之群中之一種以上之金屬離子。B較佳為包含2價金屬離子,更佳為包含選自由鉛及錫所組成之群中之一種以上之金屬離子,進而較佳為鉛。(Component B) B constituting the perovskite compound may be one or more metal ions selected from the group consisting of monovalent metal ions, divalent metal ions, and trivalent metal ions. B preferably contains a divalent metal ion, more preferably contains one or more metal ions selected from the group consisting of lead and tin, and further preferably is lead.

(構成成分X) 構成鈣鈦礦化合物之X可為選自由鹵化物離子及硫氰酸根離子所組成之群中之至少一種陰離子。(component X) X constituting the perovskite compound may be at least one anion selected from the group consisting of halide ions and thiocyanate ions.

作為鹵化物離子,可列舉:氯化物離子、溴化物離子、氟化物離子、碘化物離子。X較佳為包含溴化物離子或碘化物離子,更佳為包含溴化物離子,進而較佳為包含溴化物離子及碘化物離子。Examples of halide ions include chloride ions, bromide ions, fluoride ions, and iodide ions. X preferably contains bromide ions or iodide ions, more preferably contains bromide ions, and further preferably contains bromide ions and iodide ions.

於X為2種以上之鹵化物離子之情形時,鹵化物離子之含有比率可根據發光波長而適當選擇。例如可設為溴化物離子與氯化物離子之組合、或溴化物離子與碘化物離子之組合。 X較佳為溴化物離子與碘化物離子之組合。When X is two or more types of halide ions, the content ratio of the halide ions can be appropriately selected according to the emission wavelength. For example, it may be a combination of bromide ions and chloride ions, or a combination of bromide ions and iodide ions. X is preferably a combination of bromide ions and iodide ions.

X可根據所需之發光波長而適當選擇。X can be appropriately selected according to the desired emission wavelength.

X為溴化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常480 nm以上、較佳為500 nm以上、更佳為520 nm以上之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。When X is a bromide ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence with a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range usually above 480 nm, preferably above 500 nm, and more preferably above 520 nm.

又,X為溴化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常700 nm以下、較佳為600 nm以下、更佳為580 nm以下之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。 上述波長範圍之上限值及下限值可任意地組合。In addition, when X is a bromide ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence having a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range of usually 700 nm or less, preferably 600 nm or less, and more preferably 580 nm or less. The upper limit and lower limit of the above wavelength ranges can be combined arbitrarily.

於鈣鈦礦化合物中之X為溴化物離子之情形時,發出之螢光之波峰通常為480~700 nm,較佳為500~600 nm,更佳為520~580 nm。When X in the perovskite compound is a bromide ion, the peak of the emitted fluorescence is usually 480-700 nm, preferably 500-600 nm, and more preferably 520-580 nm.

X為碘化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常520 nm以上、較佳為530 nm以上、更佳為540 nm以上之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。When X is an iodide ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence with a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range of usually 520 nm or above, preferably 530 nm or above, and more preferably 540 nm or above.

又,X為碘化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常800 nm以下、較佳為750 nm以下、更佳為730 nm以下之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。 上述波長範圍之上限值及下限值可任意地組合。In addition, when X is an iodide ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence with a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range of usually 800 nm or less, preferably 750 nm or less, and more preferably 730 nm or less. The upper limit and lower limit of the above wavelength ranges can be combined arbitrarily.

於鈣鈦礦化合物中之X為碘化物離子之情形時,發出之螢光之波峰通常為520~800 nm,較佳為530~750 nm,更佳為540~730 nm。When X in the perovskite compound is an iodide ion, the peak of the emitted fluorescence is usually 520-800 nm, preferably 530-750 nm, and more preferably 540-730 nm.

X為氯化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常300 nm以上、較佳為310 nm以上、更佳為330 nm以上之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。When X is a chloride ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence with a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range of usually 300 nm or above, preferably 310 nm or above, and more preferably 330 nm or above.

又,X為氯化物離子時之鈣鈦礦化合物可發出於通常600 nm以下、較佳為580 nm以下、更佳為550 nm以下之波長範圍存在強度之極大峰之螢光。 上述波長範圍之上限值及下限值可任意地組合。In addition, when X is a chloride ion, the perovskite compound can emit fluorescence having a maximum intensity peak in a wavelength range of usually 600 nm or less, preferably 580 nm or less, and more preferably 550 nm or less. The upper limit and lower limit of the above wavelength ranges can be combined arbitrarily.

於鈣鈦礦化合物中之X為氯化物離子之情形時,發出之螢光之波峰通常為300~600 nm,較佳為310~580 nm,更佳為330~550 nm。When X in the perovskite compound is a chloride ion, the peak of the emitted fluorescence is usually 300-600 nm, preferably 310-580 nm, and more preferably 330-550 nm.

(三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之例示) 作為ABX(3 δ) 所表示之三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,可列舉:CH3 NH3 PbBr3 、CH3 NH3 PbCl3 、CH3 NH3 PbI3 、CH3 NH3 PbBr(3 y) Iy (0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 PbBr(3 y) Cly (0<y<3)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )PbBr3 、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )PbCl3 、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )PbI3(Examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure) Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure represented by ABX (3 + δ) include: CH 3 NH 3 PbBr 3 , CH 3 NH 3 PbCl 3 , CH 3 NH 3 PbI 3 , CH 3 NH 3 PbBr (3 - y) I y (0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 PbBr (3 - y) Cl y (0<y<3), (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )PbBr 3 , (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )PbCl 3 , (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )PbI 3 .

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Caa Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Sra Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Laa Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、0<δ≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Baa Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Dya Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、0<δ≦0.7)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Ca a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Sr a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) La a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, 0<δ≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Ba a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Dy a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, 0<δ≦0.7).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CsPb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、CsPb(1 a) Lia Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)。Preferable examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CsPb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), CsPb (1 - a) Li a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(3 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(3 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ <0, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (3 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y< 3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (3 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<3).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Lia Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Naa Br(3 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<3)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7 ≦δ<0), (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), (H 2 N= CH-NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<3), (H 2 N=CH -NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (3 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<3).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CsPbBr3 、CsPbCl3 、CsPbI3 、CsPbBr(3 y) Iy (0<y<3)、CsPbBr(3 y) Cly (0<y<3)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CsPbBr 3 , CsPbCl 3 , CsPbI 3 , CsPbBr (3 - y) I y (0<y<3), CsPbBr (3 - y) Cl y (0<y<3).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Zna Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Ala Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、0≦δ≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Coa Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mna Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mga Br3 (0<a≦0.7)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Al a Br (3 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, 0≦δ≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CsPb(1 a) Zna Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CsPb(1 a) Ala Br(3 δ) (0<a≦0.7、0<δ≦0.7)、CsPb(1 a) Coa Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CsPb(1 a) Mna Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、CsPb(1 a) Mga Br3 (0<a≦0.7)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CsPb (1 - a) Zn a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CsPb (1 - a) Al a Br (3 + δ) ( 0<a≦0.7, 0<δ≦0.7), CsPb (1 - a) Co a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CsPb (1 - a) Mn a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), CsPb (1 - a) Mg a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Zna Br(3 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Ala Br(3 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<δ≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Coa Br(3 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mna Br(3 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mga Br(3 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Zna Br(3 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Ala Br(3 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<δ≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Coa Br(3 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mna Br(3 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、CH3 NH3 Pb(1 a) Mga Br(3 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (3 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3) , CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Al a Br (3 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<δ≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br (3 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br (3 - y) I y (0< a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br (3 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (3 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Al a Br (3 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<δ≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br (3 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br (3 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3), CH 3 NH 3 Pb (1 - a ) Mg a Br (3 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3).

作為三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Zna Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Mga Br3 (0<a≦0.7)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Zna Br(3 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )Pb(1 a) Zna Br(3 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<3)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a three-dimensional structure include: (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Zn a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Mg a Br 3 (0<a≦0.7), (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (3 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3) , (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (3 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<3).

上述三維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之中,更佳為CsPbBr3 、CsPbBr(3 y) Iy (0<y<3)、(H2 N=CH-NH2 )PbBr3 ,進而較佳為(H2 N=CH-NH2 )PbBr3Among the perovskite compounds with the above three-dimensional structure, CsPbBr 3 , CsPbBr (3 - y) I y (0<y<3), (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )PbBr 3 are more preferred, and even more preferred are (H 2 N=CH-NH 2 )PbBr 3 .

(二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之例示) 作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbBr4 、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbCl4 、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbI4 、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 PbBr4 、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 PbCl4 、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 PbI4 、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Rba Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)。(Examples of perovskite compounds with two-dimensional structure) Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr 4 , (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbCl 4 , (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbI 4 , (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr 4 , (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 PbCl 4 , (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 PbI 4 , (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb ( 1 - a) Na a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Rb a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Rba Br(4 δ) (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0)。Preferable examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7 ≦δ<0), (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0), (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Rb a Br (4 + δ) (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(4 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(4 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Rba Br(4 δ y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (4 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦ 0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (4 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Rb a Br (4 + δ - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7 ≦δ<0, 0<y<4).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Naa Br(4 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Lia Br(4 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Rba Br(4 δ y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、-0.7≦δ<0、0<y<4)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Na a Br (4 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦ 0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Li a Br (4 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7≦δ<0, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Rb a Br (4 + δ - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, -0.7 ≦δ<0, 0<y<4).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbBr4 、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 PbBr4Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr 4 and (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr 4 .

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbBr(4 y) Cly (0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 PbBr(4 y) Iy (0<y<4)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr (4 - y) Cl y (0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr (4 - y) I y (0<y<4).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Zna Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mga Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Coa Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mna Br4 (0<a≦0.7)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), ( C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Zna Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mga Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Coa Br4 (0<a≦0.7)、(C7 H15 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mna Br4 (0<a≦0.7)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), (C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7), ( C 7 H 15 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br 4 (0<a≦0.7).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Zna Br(4 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mga Br(4 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Coa Br(4 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mna Br(4 y) Iy (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (4 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br (4 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br (4 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br (4 - y) I y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4).

作為二維結構之鈣鈦礦化合物之較佳例,亦可列舉:(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Zna Br(4 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mga Br(4 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Coa Br(4 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)、(C4 H9 NH3 )2 Pb(1 a) Mna Br(4 y) Cly (0<a≦0.7、0<y<4)。Preferred examples of perovskite compounds with a two-dimensional structure include: (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Zn a Br (4 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mg a Br (4 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Co a Br (4 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4), (C 4 H 9 NH 3 ) 2 Pb (1 - a) Mn a Br (4 - y) Cl y (0<a≦0.7, 0<y<4).

(半導體材料之粒徑) 於組合物所含之(1)半導體材料為粒子狀之情形時,粒子狀之(1)半導體材料(以下亦稱為半導體粒子)之平均粒徑只要具有本發明之效果,則並無特別限定。為了可良好地維持結晶結構,半導體粒子之平均粒徑較佳為1 nm以上。半導體粒子之平均粒徑更佳為2 nm以上,進而較佳為3 nm以上。(Particle size of semiconductor material) When the (1) semiconductor material contained in the composition is in the form of particles, the average particle diameter of the particulate (1) semiconductor material (hereinafter also referred to as semiconductor particles) is not particularly limited as long as it has the effect of the present invention. . In order to maintain the crystal structure well, the average particle size of the semiconductor particles is preferably 1 nm or more. The average particle diameter of the semiconductor particles is more preferably 2 nm or more, further preferably 3 nm or more.

又,為了使半導體材料不易沈澱,又,為了易於維持所需之發光特性,半導體粒子之平均粒徑較佳為10 μm以下。半導體粒子之平均粒徑更佳為1 μm以下,進而較佳為500 nm以下。再者,所謂「發光特性」係指對發光性之半導體粒子照射激發光而獲得之轉換光之量子產率、發光強度、色純度等光學物性。色純度可藉由轉換光之光譜之半值寬來評估。Furthermore, in order to prevent the semiconductor material from precipitating easily and to easily maintain required light-emitting characteristics, the average particle diameter of the semiconductor particles is preferably 10 μm or less. The average particle diameter of the semiconductor particles is more preferably 1 μm or less, further preferably 500 nm or less. Furthermore, the so-called "luminescence characteristics" refer to optical properties such as quantum yield, luminescence intensity, and color purity of converted light obtained by irradiating luminescent semiconductor particles with excitation light. Color purity can be evaluated by converting the half-maximum width of the spectrum of light.

半導體粒子之平均粒徑之上限值及下限值可任意地組合。 例如,半導體粒子之平均粒徑較佳為1 nm以上10 μm以下,更佳為2 nm以上1 μm以下,進而較佳為3 nm以上500 nm以下。The upper limit and the lower limit of the average particle diameter of the semiconductor particles can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the average particle diameter of the semiconductor particles is preferably from 1 nm to 10 μm, more preferably from 2 nm to 1 μm, and further preferably from 3 nm to 500 nm.

於本說明書中,半導體粒子之平均粒徑可藉由例如穿透式電子顯微鏡(以下亦稱為TEM)或掃描式電子顯微鏡(以下亦稱為SEM)進行測定。具體而言,利用TEM或SEM測定20個半導體粒子之最大斐瑞特直徑,計算作為測定值之算術平均值的平均最大斐瑞特直徑,藉此可求出平均粒徑。 於本說明書中,所謂「最大斐瑞特直徑」,意指於TEM或SEM圖像中,夾持半導體粒子之兩條平行直線之最大距離。In this specification, the average particle diameter of semiconductor particles can be measured, for example, by a transmission electron microscope (hereinafter also referred to as TEM) or a scanning electron microscope (hereinafter also referred to as SEM). Specifically, the average particle diameter can be determined by measuring the maximum Ferret diameter of 20 semiconductor particles using TEM or SEM, and calculating the average maximum Ferret diameter as the arithmetic mean of the measured values. In this specification, the so-called "maximum Ferret diameter" refers to the maximum distance between two parallel straight lines sandwiching semiconductor particles in a TEM or SEM image.

半導體之粒子之中值徑(D50)只要具有本發明之效果,則並無特別限定。為了可良好地維持結晶結構,較佳為3 nm以上。半導體粒子之中值徑更佳為4 nm以上,進而較佳為5 nm以上。The particle median diameter (D50) of the semiconductor is not particularly limited as long as it has the effect of the present invention. In order to maintain the crystal structure well, it is preferably 3 nm or more. The median diameter of the semiconductor particles is more preferably 4 nm or more, and further preferably 5 nm or more.

又,為了使半導體材料不易沈澱,又,為了易於維持所需之發光特性,半導體粒子之中值徑(D50)較佳為5 μm以下。半導體粒子之中值徑更佳為500 nm以下,進而較佳為100 nm以下。Furthermore, in order to prevent the semiconductor material from precipitating easily and to easily maintain required light-emitting characteristics, the median diameter (D50) of the semiconductor particles is preferably 5 μm or less. The median diameter of the semiconductor particles is more preferably 500 nm or less, further preferably 100 nm or less.

半導體粒子之中值徑(D50)之上限值及下限值可任意地組合。 例如,半導體粒子之中值徑(D50)較佳為3 nm以上5 μm以下,更佳為4 nm以上500 nm以下,進而較佳為5 nm以上100 nm以下。The upper limit and lower limit of the semiconductor particle median diameter (D50) can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the semiconductor particle median diameter (D50) is preferably 3 nm or more and 5 μm or less, more preferably 4 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and still more preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less.

於本說明書中,半導體粒子之粒度分佈例如可藉由TEM、SEM進行測定。具體而言,可藉由TEM或SEM觀察20個半導體粒子之最大斐瑞特直徑,根據最大斐瑞特直徑之分佈而求出中值徑(D50)。In this specification, the particle size distribution of semiconductor particles can be measured, for example, by TEM or SEM. Specifically, the maximum Ferret diameter of 20 semiconductor particles can be observed by TEM or SEM, and the median diameter (D50) can be calculated based on the distribution of the maximum Ferret diameter.

於本實施形態中,上述(1)半導體材料可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In this embodiment, only one type of the above-mentioned (1) semiconductor material may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<<(2)表面修飾劑>> (2)表面修飾劑為選自由三級胺、三級銨陽離子及由三級銨陽離子形成之鹽所組成之群中之至少一種化合物或離子,於組合物中,位於(1)半導體材料之表面,發揮作為(1)半導體材料之表面修飾劑(亦稱為覆蓋配位基)之作用。更具體而言,(2)表面修飾劑較佳為被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面。(2)表面修飾劑作為表面修飾劑被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面,藉此(1)半導體材料之耐熱性提高。<<(2) Surface modifier>> (2) The surface modifier is at least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines, tertiary ammonium cations and salts formed from tertiary ammonium cations, and is located on (1) the semiconductor material in the composition. The surface functions as (1) a surface modifier (also called a covering ligand) for semiconductor materials. More specifically, (2) the surface modification agent preferably covers at least a portion of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material. (2) Surface Modifier As a surface modifier, the surface modifier covers (1) at least part of the surface of the semiconductor material, thereby improving the heat resistance of (1) the semiconductor material.

於本實施形態中,被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面之(2)表面修飾劑例如可藉由使用SEM或TEM等觀察組合物而進行確認。進而,可藉由使用SEM或TEM之能量分散型X射線分析(EDX)測定而解析詳細之元素分佈。In this embodiment, the (2) surface modification agent covering at least part of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material can be confirmed by observing the composition using, for example, SEM or TEM. Furthermore, detailed element distribution can be analyzed by energy dispersive X-ray analysis (EDX) measurement using SEM or TEM.

<三級胺> 作為三級胺,例如可列舉下述式(A5)所表示之三級胺。<Tertiary amine> Examples of the tertiary amine include those represented by the following formula (A5).

[化4] [Chemical 4]

式(A5)中,R41 ~R43 分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基或炔基,可分別獨立地具有取代基。作為上述取代基,可列舉:烴基、胺基、氰基、巰基、硝基等。R41 ~R43 所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子。In formula (A5), R 41 to R 43 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, and may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydrocarbon group, an amino group, a cyano group, a mercapto group, a nitro group, and the like. The hydrogen atoms contained in R 41 to R 43 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms.

R41 ~R43 之有機基並無特別限制,較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數20以下之有機基。再者,碳原子數係包括取代基之碳原子數在內之數。The organic groups of R 41 to R 43 are not particularly limited, but are preferably organic groups each independently having 20 or less carbon atoms. Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

作為R41 ~R43 之烷基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、第三戊基、1-甲基丁基、正己基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基丁基、2,3-二甲基丁基、正庚基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、2,2-二甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、3-乙基戊基、2,2,3-三甲基丁基、正辛基、異辛基、2-乙基己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十一烷基、正十二烷基、正十三烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基等。又,上述正烷基可進一步具有烷基作為側鏈而成為支鏈狀。Examples of the alkyl group for R 41 to R 43 include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-butyl, etc. Pentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3- Dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl base, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, n- Decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl , n-nonadecyl, n-eicosyl, etc. Moreover, the above-mentioned n-alkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a side chain and may be branched.

作為R41 ~R43 之環烷基,只要碳原子數之合計為20以下之範圍則可經烴基取代,可列舉:可具有取代基之環丁基、可具有取代基之環戊基、可具有取代基之環己基等。The cycloalkyl group of R 41 to R 43 may be substituted by a hydrocarbon group as long as the total number of carbon atoms is in the range of 20 or less. Examples include: cyclobutyl group which may have a substituent, cyclopentyl group which may have a substituent, and cyclopentyl group which may have a substituent. Cyclohexyl group with substituent, etc.

作為R41 ~R43 之芳基,可列舉:可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之蒽基、可具有取代基之茀基等。此處,取代基為烴基,可於烴基整體之碳原子數為20以下之範圍內對任意之取代位置進行取代,取代位置可為複數個。關於作為取代基之烴基,可列舉:可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、可具有取代基之芳基等。Examples of the aryl group of R 41 to R 43 include a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, anthracenyl which may have a substituent, and a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent. Here, the substituent is a hydrocarbon group, and any substitution position may be substituted within the range of 20 or less carbon atoms of the entire hydrocarbon group, and there may be a plurality of substitution positions. Examples of the hydrocarbon group as a substituent include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, and the like.

作為R41 ~R43 之烯基,可列舉:乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基、十一烯基基、十二烯基、十三烯基基、十四烯基、十五烯基、十六烯基、十七烯基、十八烯基、十九烯基、二十烯基等。Examples of the alkenyl group for R 41 to R 43 include vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decene and undecenyl. Base, dodecenyl, tridecenyl, tetradecenyl, pentadecenyl, hexadecenyl, heptadecenyl, octadecenyl, nonadecenyl, eicosenoyl, etc.

作為R41 ~R43 之炔基,可列舉:乙炔基、丙炔基、丁炔基、戊炔基、己炔基、庚炔基、辛炔基、壬炔基、癸炔基、十一炔基、十二炔基、十三炔基、十四炔基、十五炔基、十六炔基、十七炔基、十八炔基、十九炔基、二十炔基等。Examples of the alkynyl group of R 41 to R 43 include: ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, undecanyl Alkynyl, dodecynyl, tridecynyl, tetradeynyl, pentadekynyl, hexadenyl, heptadenyl, octadenyl, nonadenyl, icosynyl, etc.

其中,R41 、R42 之有機基之碳原子數分別獨立地較佳為10以下,更佳為3以下,尤佳為1。R43 之有機基之碳原子數較佳為3以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為16以上。Among them, the number of carbon atoms of the organic groups of R 41 and R 42 is each independently preferably 10 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and particularly preferably 1. The number of carbon atoms in the organic group of R 43 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 16 or more.

進而,R41 ~R43 之有機基之碳原子數之和較佳為50以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為25以下。若R41 ~R43 之有機基之碳原子數之和為上述上限值以下,則三級胺之大小成為適宜被覆(1)半導體材料之大小,結果(1)半導體材料之耐熱性提高。Furthermore, the total number of carbon atoms of the organic groups of R 41 to R 43 is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 25 or less. If the total number of carbon atoms of the organic groups of R 41 to R 43 is less than the above upper limit, the size of the tertiary amine becomes suitable for covering (1) the semiconductor material, and as a result (1) the heat resistance of the semiconductor material is improved.

R41 ~R43 尤佳為直鏈烷基。即,R41 、R42 之有機基分別獨立地較佳為碳原子數為10以下之正烷基,更佳為碳原子數為3以下之正烷基,尤佳為甲基。又,R43 之有機基較佳為碳原子數為3以上之正烷基,更佳為碳原子數為8以上之正烷基,進而較佳為碳原子數為16以上之正烷基。R 41 to R 43 are particularly preferably linear alkyl groups. That is, the organic groups of R 41 and R 42 are each independently preferably an n-alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, more preferably an n-alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group. Furthermore, the organic group of R 43 is preferably an n-alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, more preferably an n-alkyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms, and even more preferably an n-alkyl group having 16 or more carbon atoms.

作為此種R41 、R42 、R43 之組合,較佳為:R41 、R42 分別獨立地為選自由甲基、乙基、正丙基所組成之群中之烷基,R43 為選自由正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基所組成之群中之烷基。As such a combination of R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 , it is preferred that R 41 and R 42 are each independently an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and R 43 is An alkyl group selected from the group consisting of n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, and n-eicosanyl.

作為式(A5)之化合物,可列舉:N-正辛基二甲基胺、N,N-二甲基癸基胺、N,N-二甲基月桂基胺、N,N-二甲基肉豆蔻基胺、N,N-二甲基十六烷基胺、N,N-二甲基硬脂基胺、N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺、二癸基甲基胺、N,N-二正辛基甲基胺、三庚基胺、N-甲基二-十二烷基胺、三正辛基胺、三壬基胺,就提高耐久性之觀點而言,較佳為N-正辛基二甲基胺、N,N-二甲基癸基胺、N,N-二甲基月桂基胺、N,N-二甲基肉豆蔻基胺、N,N-二甲基十六烷基胺、N,N-二甲基硬脂基胺、N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺,最佳為N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺。Examples of the compound of formula (A5) include N-n-octyldimethylamine, N,N-dimethyldecylamine, N,N-dimethyllaurylamine, and N,N-dimethylamine. Myristylamine, N,N-dimethylhexadecylamine, N,N-dimethylstearylamine, N,N-dimethyln-octadecylamine, didecylmethylamine , N,N-di-n-octylmethylamine, triheptylamine, N-methyldi-dodecylamine, tri-n-octylamine, trinonylamine, from the perspective of improving durability, Preferred are N-n-octyldimethylamine, N,N-dimethyldecylamine, N,N-dimethyllaurylamine, N,N-dimethylmyristylamine, N,N -Dimethylhexadecylamine, N,N-dimethylstearylamine, N,N-dimethyln-octadecylamine, preferably N,N-dimethyln-octadecane base amine.

<三級銨陽離子、由三級銨陽離子形成之鹽> 作為三級銨陽離子,例如可列舉下述式(A6)所表示之三級銨陽離子。其中,於本實施形態之組合物中,在上述(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,鈣鈦礦化合物之構成成分A與作為(2)表面修飾劑之三級銨陽離子不同。<Tertiary ammonium cations, salts formed from tertiary ammonium cations> Examples of the tertiary ammonium cation include the tertiary ammonium cation represented by the following formula (A6). In the composition of this embodiment, when (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound, the component A of the perovskite compound is different from the tertiary ammonium cation as (2) the surface modification agent.

[化5] [Chemistry 5]

上述式(A6)中,R41 ~R43 表示與上述式(A5)所含有之R41 ~R43 相同之基。In the above formula (A6), R 41 to R 43 represent the same groups as R 41 to R 43 contained in the above formula (A5).

於上述式(A6)所表示之三級銨陽離子形成鹽之情形時,作為反陰離子,並無特別限制。作為反陰離子,較佳為鹵化物離子或羧酸根離子等。作為鹵化物離子,可列舉:溴化物離子、氯化物離子、碘化物離子、氟化物離子。When the tertiary ammonium cation represented by the above formula (A6) forms a salt, the counter anion is not particularly limited. As the counter anion, halide ions, carboxylate ions, etc. are preferred. Examples of halide ions include bromide ions, chloride ions, iodide ions, and fluoride ions.

於本實施形態中,上述(2)表面修飾劑可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In this embodiment, only one type of the above-mentioned (2) surface modifying agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<<(6)其他表面修飾劑>> (6)其他表面修飾劑為選自由羧酸、羧酸根離子及羧酸鹽所組成之群中之至少1種化合物或離子。<<(6)Other surface modification agents>> (6) Other surface modifiers are at least one compound or ion selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acid, carboxylate ion and carboxylate.

(6)其他表面修飾劑為上述(2)表面修飾劑以外之表面修飾劑,於本實施形態之組合物中,位於(1)半導體材料之表面,發揮作為(1)半導體材料之表面修飾劑之作用。更具體而言,(6)其他表面修飾劑較佳為被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面。(6)其他表面修飾劑作為表面修飾劑被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面,藉此(1)半導體材料之耐熱性提高。(6) The other surface modifier is a surface modifier other than the above-mentioned (2) surface modifier. In the composition of this embodiment, it is located on the surface of (1) the semiconductor material and functions as a surface modifier of (1) the semiconductor material. its role. More specifically, (6) other surface modification agents preferably cover at least part of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material. (6) Other surface modifiers serve as surface modifiers to cover (1) at least part of the surface of the semiconductor material, thereby (1) improving the heat resistance of the semiconductor material.

於本實施形態中,被覆(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面之(6)其他表面修飾劑例如可藉由使用SEM或TEM等觀察組合物而進行確認。進而,可藉由使用SEM或TEM之EDX測定而解析詳細之元素分佈。In this embodiment, (6) other surface modifiers covering at least part of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material can be confirmed by observing the composition using, for example, SEM or TEM. Furthermore, detailed element distribution can be analyzed by EDX measurement using SEM or TEM.

<羧酸、羧酸根離子、羧酸鹽> 作為表面修飾劑之羧酸根離子係以下述式(A2)表示。作為表面修飾劑之羧酸鹽係包含下述式(A2)所表示之離子之鹽。 R5- CO2 - ・・・(A2)<Carboxylic acid, carboxylate ion, carboxylate> The carboxylate ion as a surface modifier is represented by the following formula (A2). The carboxylic acid salt as a surface modification agent is a salt containing an ion represented by the following formula (A2). R 5- CO 2 -・・・(A2)

作為表面修飾劑之羧酸可列舉於上述(A2)所表示之羧酸酯陰離子上鍵結質子(H+ )而成之羧酸。Examples of carboxylic acids used as surface modifiers include carboxylic acids in which a proton (H + ) is bonded to the carboxylic acid ester anion represented by (A2).

於式(A2)所表示之離子中,R5 表示一價烴基。R5 所表示之烴基可為飽和烴基,亦可為不飽和烴基。 作為飽和烴基,可列舉:烷基或環烷基。In the ion represented by formula (A2), R 5 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group represented by R 5 may be a saturated hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Examples of the saturated hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.

R5 所表示之烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。The alkyl group represented by R 5 may be linear or branched.

R5 所表示之烷基之碳原子數通常為1~20,較佳為5~20,更佳為8~20。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 5 is usually 1 to 20, preferably 5 to 20, and more preferably 8 to 20.

環烷基之碳原子數通常為3~30,較佳為3~20,更佳為3~11。碳原子數亦包括取代基之碳原子數在內。The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group is usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 11. The number of carbon atoms also includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

R5 所表示之不飽和烴基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。The unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 5 may be linear or branched.

R5 所表示之不飽和烴基之碳原子數通常為2~20,較佳為5~20,更佳為8~20。The number of carbon atoms of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 5 is usually 2 to 20, preferably 5 to 20, and more preferably 8 to 20.

R5 較佳為烷基或不飽和烴基。作為不飽和烴基,較佳為烯基。R 5 is preferably an alkyl group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. As the unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an alkenyl group is preferred.

作為R5 之烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 中例示之烷基。 作為R5 之環烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 中例示之環烷基。Specific examples of the alkyl group for R 5 include the alkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 . Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group of R 5 include the cycloalkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 .

作為R5 之烯基之具體例,可列舉:乙烯基、丙烯基、3-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、2-己烯基、2-壬烯基、2-十二烯基、9-十八烯基。Specific examples of the alkenyl group of R 5 include vinyl, propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 2-nonenyl, 2 -Dodecenyl, 9-octadecenyl.

式(A2)所表示之羧酸酯陰離子較佳為油酸根陰離子。The carboxylate anion represented by formula (A2) is preferably an oleate anion.

於羧酸酯陰離子形成鹽之情形時,作為反陽離子,並無特別限制,作為較佳例,可列舉:鹼金屬陽離子、鹼土金屬陽離子、銨陽離子等。When the carboxylic acid ester anion forms a salt, the counter cation is not particularly limited, and preferred examples include alkali metal cations, alkaline earth metal cations, ammonium cations, and the like.

作為表面修飾劑之羧酸較佳為油酸。 <<(3)溶劑>> 本實施形態之組合物所含有之(3)溶劑只要為可使(1)半導體材料分散之介質則並無特別限定。本實施形態之組合物所含有之溶劑較佳為難以溶解(1)半導體材料者。The carboxylic acid used as the surface modification agent is preferably oleic acid. <<(3) Solvent>> The solvent (3) contained in the composition of this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it is a medium that can disperse the semiconductor material (1). The solvent contained in the composition of this embodiment is preferably one that is difficult to dissolve (1) the semiconductor material.

於本說明書中,所謂「溶劑」係指於1氣壓、25℃下為液體狀態之物質。其中,溶劑不包括後述聚合性化合物及聚合物。In this specification, the so-called "solvent" refers to a substance that is in a liquid state at 1 atmosphere and 25°C. The solvent does not include polymerizable compounds and polymers described below.

作為溶劑,可列舉下述(a)~(k)。 (a):酯 (b):酮 (c):醚 (d):醇 (e):二醇醚 (f):具有醯胺基之有機溶劑 (g):具有腈基之有機溶劑 (h):具有碳酸酯基之有機溶劑 (i):鹵化烴 (j):烴 (k):二甲基亞碸Examples of the solvent include the following (a) to (k). (a): Esters (b): Ketones (c): ether (d): alcohol (e): Glycol ether (f): Organic solvent with amide group (g): Organic solvent with nitrile group (h): Organic solvent with carbonate group (i): Halogenated hydrocarbons (j): Hydrocarbon (k): dimethyl sulfoxide

作為(a)酯,例如可列舉:甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸戊酯等。Examples of the (a) ester include methyl formate, ethyl formate, propyl formate, pentyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and pentyl acetate.

作為(b)酮,可列舉:γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮等。Examples of (b) ketones include γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, acetone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, and the like.

作為(c)醚,可列舉:二乙醚、甲基第三丁醚、二異丙醚、二甲氧基甲烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,4-二㗁烷、1,3-二氧雜環戊烷、4-甲基二氧雜環戊烷、四氫呋喃、甲基四氫呋喃、苯甲醚、苯乙醚等。Examples of (c) ethers include diethyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, and 1,3-diisopropyl ether. Oxolane, 4-methyldioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, methyltetrahydrofuran, anisole, phenethyl ether, etc.

作為(d)醇,可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、第三丁醇、1-戊醇、2-甲基-2-丁醇、甲氧基丙醇、二丙酮醇、環己醇、2-氟乙醇、2,2,2-三氟乙醇、2,2,3,3-四氟-1-丙醇等。Examples of (d) alcohol include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, tert-butanol, 1-pentanol, and 2-methyl-2- Butanol, methoxypropanol, diacetone alcohol, cyclohexanol, 2-fluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, etc.

作為(e)二醇醚,可列舉:乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇二甲醚等。Examples of (e) glycol ethers include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and the like.

作為(f)具有醯胺基之有機溶劑,可列舉:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺等。Examples of (f) the organic solvent having a amide group include N,N-dimethylformamide, acetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and the like.

作為(g)具有腈基之有機溶劑,可列舉:乙腈、異丁腈、丙腈、甲氧基乙腈等。Examples of (g) the organic solvent having a nitrile group include acetonitrile, isobutyronitrile, propionitrile, methoxyacetonitrile, and the like.

作為(h)具有碳酸酯基之有機溶劑,可列舉:碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等。Examples of (h) the organic solvent having a carbonate group include ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, and the like.

作為(i)鹵化烴,可列舉:二氯甲烷、氯仿等。Examples of (i) halogenated hydrocarbons include methylene chloride, chloroform, and the like.

作為(j)烴,可列舉:正戊烷、環己烷、正己烷、1-十八碳烯、苯、甲苯、二甲苯等。Examples of (j) hydrocarbons include n-pentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, 1-octadecene, benzene, toluene, xylene, and the like.

該等溶劑之中,(a)酯、(b)酮、(c)醚、(g)具有腈基之有機溶劑、(h)具有碳酸酯基之有機溶劑、(i)鹵化烴及(j)烴之極性較低,認為難以溶解(1)半導體材料,故較佳。Among these solvents, (a) ester, (b) ketone, (c) ether, (g) organic solvent with nitrile group, (h) organic solvent with carbonate group, (i) halogenated hydrocarbon and (j) ) Hydrocarbons are preferred because they have low polarity and are difficult to dissolve (1) semiconductor materials.

進而,作為用於本實施形態之組合物中之溶劑,更佳為(i)鹵化烴、(j)烴。Furthermore, as the solvent used in the composition of this embodiment, (i) halogenated hydrocarbons and (j) hydrocarbons are more preferred.

本實施形態之組合物中,上述溶劑可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In the composition of this embodiment, only one type of the above-mentioned solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<<(4)聚合性化合物>> 本實施形態之組合物所含有之(4)聚合性化合物較佳為於製造本實施形態之組合物之溫度下難以溶解本實施形態之(1)半導體材料者。<<(4)Polymerizable compound>> The (4) polymerizable compound contained in the composition of this embodiment is preferably one that is difficult to dissolve the (1) semiconductor material of this embodiment at the temperature at which the composition of this embodiment is produced.

於本說明書中,所謂「聚合性化合物」意指具有聚合性基之單體化合物(monomer)。聚合性化合物例如可列舉於1氣壓、25℃下為液體狀態之單體。In this specification, the "polymerizable compound" means a monomer compound (monomer) having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable compound include monomers that are in a liquid state at 1 atmosphere and 25°C.

例如,於室溫、常壓下製造組合物之情形時,作為聚合性化合物,並無特別限制。作為聚合性化合物,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯腈等公知之聚合性化合物。其中,作為聚合性化合物,較佳為作為丙烯酸系樹脂之單體的丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之任一者或兩者。For example, when the composition is produced at room temperature and normal pressure, the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited. Examples of the polymerizable compound include known polymerizable compounds such as styrene, acrylate, methacrylate, and acrylonitrile. Among these, the polymerizable compound is preferably any one or both of acrylate and methacrylate which are monomers of acrylic resin.

本實施形態之組合物中,聚合性化合物可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In the composition of this embodiment, only one type of polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於本實施形態之組合物中,丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之合計量相對於(4)聚合性化合物整體之比率可為10 mol%以上。同比率亦可為30 mol%以上,亦可為50 mol%以上,亦可為80 mol%以上,亦可為100 mol%。In the composition of this embodiment, the ratio of the total amount of acrylate and methacrylate to the entire polymerizable compound (4) may be 10 mol% or more. The same ratio may be 30 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 80 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.

<<(4-1)聚合物>> 本實施形態之組合物所含之聚合物較佳為於製造本實施形態之組合物之溫度下本實施形態之(1)半導體材料之溶解度較低之聚合物。<<(4-1)Polymer>> The polymer contained in the composition of this embodiment is preferably a polymer with a low solubility of the (1) semiconductor material of this embodiment at the temperature at which the composition of this embodiment is produced.

例如,於室溫、常壓下製造組合物之情形時,作為聚合物,並無特別限制,例如可列舉:聚苯乙烯、丙烯酸系樹脂、環氧樹脂等公知之聚合物。其中,作為聚合物,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系樹脂包含源自丙烯酸酯之結構單元及源自甲基丙烯酸酯之結構單元之任一者或兩者。For example, when the composition is produced at room temperature and normal pressure, the polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include well-known polymers such as polystyrene, acrylic resin, and epoxy resin. Among them, as the polymer, an acrylic resin is preferred. The acrylic resin contains any one or both of a structural unit derived from an acrylic acid ester and a structural unit derived from a methacrylic acid ester.

本實施形態之組合物中,源自丙烯酸酯之結構單元及源自甲基丙烯酸酯之結構單元之合計量相對於(4-1)聚合物所含之全部結構單元之比率可為10 mol%以上。同比率亦可為30 mol%以上,亦可為50 mol%以上,亦可為80 mol%以上,亦可為100 mol%。In the composition of this embodiment, the ratio of the total amount of structural units derived from acrylic acid ester and structural units derived from methacrylic acid ester to all structural units contained in the polymer (4-1) may be 10 mol%. above. The same ratio may be 30 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 80 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.

(4-1)聚合物之重量平均分子量較佳為100~1200000,更佳為1000~800000,進而較佳為5000~150000。(4-1) The weight average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 100 to 1,200,000, more preferably 1,000 to 800,000, and even more preferably 5,000 to 150,000.

於本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,意指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the "weight average molecular weight" means a polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

於本實施形態中,上述(4-1)聚合物可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In this embodiment, only one type of the polymer (4-1) mentioned above may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<<(5)改質體群>> (5)改質體群為選自由矽氮烷、矽氮烷改質體、後述式(C1)所表示之化合物、式(C1)所表示之化合物之改質體、後述式(C2)所表示之化合物、式(C2)所表示之化合物之改質體、後述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、式(A5-51)所表示之化合物之改質體、後述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物、式(A5-52)所表示之化合物之改質體、矽酸鈉及矽酸鈉之改質體所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物。<<(5) Modified body group>> (5) The modified group is selected from silazane, modified silazane, a compound represented by formula (C1) to be described later, a modified form of a compound represented by formula (C1), and a compound represented by formula (C2) to be described later. The compound represented by the formula (C2), a modified form of the compound represented by the formula (C2), the compound represented by the formula (A5-51) described below, the modified form of the compound represented by the formula (A5-51), the compound represented by the formula (A5-52) described below ), one or more compounds from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (A5-52), a modified form of the compound represented by formula (A5-52), sodium silicate, and a modified form of sodium silicate.

於組合物中,(5)改質體群較佳為形成以經(2)表面修飾劑被覆之(1)半導體材料作為核之殼結構。具體而言,(5)改質體群較佳為被覆於對(1)半導體材料之表面進行被覆之(2)表面修飾劑之至少一部分表面,亦可被覆於未經(2)表面修飾劑被覆之(1)半導體材料之至少一部分表面。In the composition, (5) the modified body group preferably forms a shell structure with (1) semiconductor material coated with (2) surface modifier as a core. Specifically, the (5) modifier group is preferably coated on at least a part of the surface of the (2) surface modifier that covers the (1) surface of the semiconductor material, or may be coated on the surface without the (2) surface modifier. At least part of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material covered.

於本實施形態中,對(1)半導體材料或(2)表面修飾劑之至少一部分表面進行被覆之(5)改質體群例如可藉由使用SEM或TEM等觀察組合物而進行確認。進而,可藉由使用SEM或TEM之EDX測定而解析詳細之元素分佈。In this embodiment, the (5) modified body group that covers at least part of the surface of (1) the semiconductor material or (2) the surface modifying agent can be confirmed by observing the composition using, for example, SEM or TEM. Furthermore, detailed element distribution can be analyzed by EDX measurement using SEM or TEM.

於本說明書中,所謂「改質」,意指具有Si-N鍵、Si-SR鍵(R為氫原子或有機基)或Si-OR鍵(R為氫原子或有機基)之矽化合物水解生成具有Si-O-Si鍵之矽化合物。Si-O-Si鍵可藉由分子間之縮合反應而生成,亦可藉由分子內之縮合反應而生成。In this specification, "modification" means the hydrolysis of silicon compounds with Si-N bonds, Si-SR bonds (R is a hydrogen atom or an organic group) or Si-OR bonds (R is a hydrogen atom or an organic group). A silicon compound with Si-O-Si bonds is generated. Si-O-Si bonds can be formed by condensation reactions between molecules or by condensation reactions within molecules.

於本說明書中,所謂「改質體」,意指藉由將具有Si-N鍵、Si-SR鍵或Si-OR鍵之矽化合物進行改質而獲得之化合物。In this specification, "modified body" means a compound obtained by modifying a silicon compound having a Si-N bond, a Si-SR bond, or a Si-OR bond.

(1.矽氮烷) 矽氮烷係具有Si-N-Si鍵之化合物。矽氮烷可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之任意者。(1. Silazane) Silazane is a compound having Si-N-Si bonds. Silazane may be linear, branched, or cyclic.

矽氮烷可為低分子矽氮烷,亦可為高分子矽氮烷。於本說明書中,有時將高分子矽氮烷記為聚矽氮烷。The silazane can be a low molecular weight silazane or a high molecular weight silazane. In this specification, polymer silazane may be referred to as polysilazane.

於本說明書中,所謂「低分子」,意指數量平均分子量未達600。 又,於本說明書中,所謂「高分子」,意指數量平均分子量為600以上2000以下。In this specification, the so-called "low molecular weight" means that the number average molecular weight is less than 600. In addition, in this specification, "polymer" means a number average molecular weight of 600 to 2,000.

於本說明書中,所謂「數量平均分子量」,意指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the "number average molecular weight" means a polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

(1-1.低分子矽氮烷) 作為矽氮烷,較佳為例如作為低分子矽氮烷之下述式(B1)所表示之二矽氮烷。(1-1. Low molecular weight silazane) As the silazane, for example, disilazane represented by the following formula (B1) as a low molecular weight silazane is preferred.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

式(B1)中,R14 及R15 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數1~20之烯基、碳原子數3~20之環烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基、或碳原子數1~20之烷基矽烷基。In formula (B1), R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An aryl group having 6 to 20 atoms, or an alkylsilyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

R14 及R15 可具有胺基等取代基。存在之複數個R15 可相同亦可不同。R 14 and R 15 may have substituents such as an amino group. The plural R 15s that exist may be the same or different.

作為式(B1)所表示之低分子矽氮烷,可列舉:1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氮烷、1,3-二苯基四甲基二矽氮烷及1,1,1,3,3,3-六甲基二矽氮烷。Examples of the low molecular weight silazane represented by the formula (B1) include: 1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilazane, 1,3-diphenyltetramethyl 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane.

(1-2.低分子矽氮烷) 作為矽氮烷,亦較佳為例如下述式(B2)所表示之低分子矽氮烷。(1-2. Low molecular weight silazane) As the silazane, for example, a low molecular weight silazane represented by the following formula (B2) is also preferred.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

式(B2)中,R14 及R15 係與上述式(B1)中之R14 及R15 相同。In the formula (B2), R 14 and R 15 are the same as R 14 and R 15 in the above formula (B1).

存在之複數個R14 可相同亦可不同。 存在之複數個R15 可相同亦可不同。The plural R 14s that exist may be the same or different. The plural R 15s that exist may be the same or different.

式(B2)中,n1 表示1以上20以下之整數。n1 可為1以上10以下之整數,可為1或2。In formula (B2), n 1 represents an integer from 1 to 20. n 1 can be an integer from 1 to 10, and can be 1 or 2.

作為式(B2)所表示之低分子矽氮烷,可列舉:八甲基環四矽氮烷、2,2,4,4,6,6-六甲基環三矽氮烷及2,4,6-三甲基-2,4,6-三乙烯基環三矽氮烷。Examples of the low molecular weight silazane represented by formula (B2) include: octamethylcyclotetrasilazane, 2,2,4,4,6,6-hexamethylcyclotrisilazane and 2,4 ,6-trimethyl-2,4,6-trivinylcyclotrisilazane.

作為低分子之矽氮烷,較佳為八甲基環四矽氮烷及1,3-二苯基四甲基二矽氮烷,更佳為八甲基環四矽氮烷。As the low molecular weight silazane, octamethylcyclotetrasilazane and 1,3-diphenyltetramethyldisilazane are preferred, and octamethylcyclotetrasilazane is more preferred.

(1-3.高分子矽氮烷) 作為矽氮烷,較佳為例如下述式(B3)所表示之高分子矽氮烷(聚矽氮烷)。(1-3.Polymer silazane) As the silazane, for example, a polymer silazane (polysilazane) represented by the following formula (B3) is preferred.

聚矽氮烷係具有Si-N-Si鍵之高分子化合物。式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之結構單元可為一種,亦可為複數種。Polysilazane is a polymer compound with Si-N-Si bonds. The structural unit of the polysilazane represented by formula (B3) may be one type or a plurality of types.

[化8] [Chemical 8]

式(B3)中,R14 及R15 係與上述式(B1)中之R14 及R15 相同。In the formula (B3), R 14 and R 15 are the same as R 14 and R 15 in the above formula (B1).

式(B3)中,*表示鍵結鍵。於分子鏈末端之N原子之鍵結鍵上鍵結有R14 。 於分子鏈末端之Si原子之鍵結鍵上鍵結有R15In formula (B3), * represents a bonding bond. R 14 is bonded to the bond of the N atom at the end of the molecular chain. R 15 is bonded to the bond of the Si atom at the end of the molecular chain.

存在之複數個R14 可相同亦可不同。 存在之複數個R15 可相同亦可不同。The plural R 14s that exist may be the same or different. The plural R 15s that exist may be the same or different.

m表示2以上10000以下之整數。m represents an integer from 2 to 10,000.

式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷可為例如R14 及R15 均為氫原子之全氫聚矽氮烷。The polysilazane represented by formula (B3) may be, for example, a perhydrogen polysilazane in which R 14 and R 15 are both hydrogen atoms.

又,式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷可為例如至少一個R15 為氫原子以外之基之有機聚矽氮烷。可根據用途而適當選擇全氫聚矽氮烷與有機聚矽氮烷,亦可混合使用。Furthermore, the polysilazane represented by formula (B3) may be, for example, an organic polysilazane in which at least one R 15 is a group other than a hydrogen atom. Perhydropolysilazane and organopolysilazane can be appropriately selected according to the application, or they can be mixed and used.

(1-4.高分子矽氮烷) 作為矽氮烷,亦較佳為例如具有下述式(B4)所表示之結構之聚矽氮烷。(1-4.Polymer silazane) As the silazane, for example, polysilazane having a structure represented by the following formula (B4) is also preferred.

聚矽氮烷可於分子內之一部分具有環結構,例如可具有式(B4)所表示之結構。Polysilazane may have a ring structure in a part of the molecule, for example, it may have a structure represented by formula (B4).

[化9] [Chemical 9]

式(B4)中,*表示鍵結鍵。 式(B4)之鍵結鍵可與式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之鍵結鍵、或式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之結構單元之鍵結鍵進行鍵結。In formula (B4), * represents a bonding bond. The bond of the formula (B4) can be bonded to the bond of the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3) or the bond of the structural unit of the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3).

又,於聚矽氮烷在分子內包含複數個式(B4)所表示之結構之情形時,式(B4)所表示之結構之鍵結鍵可與其他之式(B4)所表示之結構之鍵結鍵直接鍵結。In addition, when the polysilazane contains a plurality of structures represented by formula (B4) in the molecule, the bonding bond of the structure represented by formula (B4) may be bonded with other structures represented by formula (B4). The bonding bond is bonded directly.

於與式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之鍵結鍵、式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之結構單元之鍵結鍵、及其他之式(B4)所表示之結構之鍵結鍵之任一者均不鍵結的N原子之鍵結鍵上鍵結有R14In the bond with the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3), the bond with the structural unit of the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3), and the bond with other structures represented by the formula (B4) R 14 is bonded to the bond of the N atom that is not bonded to any of the bonds.

於與式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之鍵結鍵、式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之結構單元之鍵結鍵、及其他之式(B4)所表示之結構之鍵結鍵之任一者均不鍵結的Si原子之鍵結鍵上鍵結有R15In the bond with the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3), the bond with the structural unit of the polysilazane represented by the formula (B3), and the bond with other structures represented by the formula (B4) R 15 is bonded to the bond of the Si atom that is not bonded to any of the bonds.

n2 表示1以上10000以下之整數。n2 可為1以上10以下之整數,可為1或2。n 2 represents an integer from 1 to 10,000. n 2 can be an integer from 1 to 10, and can be 1 or 2.

一般之聚矽氮烷例如具有存在直鏈結構與6員環或8員環等環結構之結構,即上述(B3)、(B4)所表示之結構。一般之聚矽氮烷之分子量以數量平均分子量(Mn)計為600~2000左右(聚苯乙烯換算),根據不同分子量可為液體或固體之物質。General polysilazane has, for example, a structure in which a linear structure and a ring structure such as a 6-membered ring or an 8-membered ring exist, that is, the structures represented by the above (B3) and (B4). The molecular weight of general polysilazane is about 600 to 2000 in terms of number average molecular weight (Mn) (converted to polystyrene). Depending on the molecular weight, it can be a liquid or a solid substance.

聚矽氮烷亦可使用市售品,作為市售品,可列舉:NN120-10、NN120-20、NAX120-20、NN110、NAX120、NAX110、NL120A、NL110A、NL150A、NP110、NP140(AZ ELECTRONIC MATERIALS股份有限公司製造)、以及AZNN-120-20、Durazane(註冊商標)1500 Slow Cure、Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure、Durazane 1800及Durazane 1033(Merck Performance Materials股份有限公司製造)等。Commercially available polysilazane can also be used. Examples of commercially available products include: NN120-10, NN120-20, NAX120-20, NN110, NAX120, NAX110, NL120A, NL110A, NL150A, NP110, NP140 (AZ ELECTRONIC MATERIALS Co., Ltd.), and AZNN-120-20, Durazane (registered trademark) 1500 Slow Cure, Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure, Durazane 1800 and Durazane 1033 (manufactured by Merck Performance Materials Co., Ltd.), etc.

聚矽氮烷較佳為AZNN-120-20、Durazane 1500 Slow Cure、Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure,更佳為Durazane 1500 Slow Cure、Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure,進而較佳為Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure。Preferable polysilazane is AZNN-120-20, Durazane 1500 Slow Cure, Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure, more preferably Durazane 1500 Slow Cure, Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure, and still more preferably Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure.

關於式(B2)所表示之低分子矽氮烷之改質體,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率相對於全部矽原子而言較佳為0.1~100%。又,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率更佳為10~98%,進而較佳為30~95%。Regarding the modified low-molecular silazane represented by formula (B2), the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is preferably 0.1 to 100% relative to all silicon atoms. Furthermore, the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is more preferably 10 to 98%, and further preferably 30 to 95%.

再者,「未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率」可使用下述測定值,藉由((Si(莫耳)-(SiN鍵中之N(莫耳))/Si(莫耳)×100而求出。若考慮到改質反應,所謂「未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率」,意指「改質處理中生成之矽氧烷鍵所含之矽原子之比率」。Furthermore, "the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms" can be measured using the following measurement value, by ((Si (mol) - (N (mol) in SiN bond)/Si (mol) It is determined by

關於式(B3)所表示之聚矽氮烷之改質體,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率相對於全部矽原子而言較佳為0.1~100%。又,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率更佳為10~98%,進而較佳為30~95%。Regarding the modified polysilazane represented by formula (B3), the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is preferably 0.1 to 100% relative to all silicon atoms. Furthermore, the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is more preferably 10 to 98%, and further preferably 30 to 95%.

關於具有式(B4)所表示之結構之聚矽氮烷之改質體,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率相對於全部矽原子而言較佳為0.1~99%。又,未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率更佳為10~97%,進而較佳為30~95%。Regarding the modified polysilazane having a structure represented by formula (B4), the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is preferably 0.1 to 99% relative to all silicon atoms. Furthermore, the ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms is more preferably 10 to 97%, and further preferably 30 to 95%.

改質體中之Si原子數、SiN鍵之數量可藉由X射線光電子光譜法(XPS)測定。The number of Si atoms and the number of SiN bonds in the modified body can be measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).

關於改質體,使用藉由上述方法獲得之測定值所求出之「未與氮原子鍵結之矽原子之比率」較佳為0.1~99%,更佳為10~99%,進而較佳為30~95%。Regarding the modified body, the "ratio of silicon atoms not bonded to nitrogen atoms" calculated using the measured value obtained by the above method is preferably 0.1 to 99%, more preferably 10 to 99%, and still more preferably It is 30~95%.

作為(5)改質體群所含之矽氮烷或其改質體,並無特別限制,就提高分散性、可抑制凝集之觀點而言,較佳為有機聚矽氮烷或其改質體。The silazane or its modified form contained in (5) the modified group is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving dispersion and suppressing aggregation, organopolysilazane or its modified form is preferred. body.

作為有機聚矽氮烷,例如可為式(B3)所表示、且R14 及R15 之至少一者為碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數1~20之烯基、碳原子數3~20之環烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數1~20之烷基矽烷基的有機聚矽氮烷。Examples of the organopolysilazane include those represented by formula (B3), in which at least one of R 14 and R 15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. Organopolysilazane having a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkylsilyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

又,作為有機聚矽氮烷,例如可為包含式(B4)所表示之結構、且至少一個鍵結鍵與R14 或R15 鍵結、上述R14 及R15 之至少一者為碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數1~20之烯基、碳原子數3~20之環烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數1~20之烷基矽烷基的有機聚矽氮烷。Furthermore, the organopolysilazane may have a structure represented by formula (B4), for example, in which at least one bond is bonded to R 14 or R 15 , and at least one of R 14 and R 15 is a carbon atom. Alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkenyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or alkylsilyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. of organopolysilazane.

有機聚矽氮烷較佳為式(B3)所表示、且R14 及R15 之至少一者為甲基的有機聚矽氮烷,或者包含式(B4)所表示之結構、且至少一個鍵結鍵與R14 或R15 鍵結、上述R14 及R15 之至少一者為甲基的聚矽氮烷。The organopolysilazane is preferably an organopolysilazane represented by formula (B3) and at least one of R 14 and R 15 is a methyl group, or an organopolysilazane having a structure represented by formula (B4) and at least one bond A polysilazane in which R 14 or R 15 is bonded and at least one of R 14 and R 15 is a methyl group.

(2.式(C1)所表示之化合物、式(C2)所表示之化合物) 作為(5)改質體群,亦可為下述式(C1)所表示之化合物、下述式(C2)所表示之化合物。(2. Compounds represented by formula (C1), compounds represented by formula (C2)) As the modified group (5), compounds represented by the following formula (C1) and compounds represented by the following formula (C2) may also be used.

[化10] [Chemical 10]

式(C1)中,Y5 表示單鍵、氧原子或硫原子。In formula (C1), Y 5 represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

於Y5 為氧原子之情形時,R30 、R31 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基。When Y 5 is an oxygen atom, R 30 and R 31 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 20, a cycloalkyl group with a carbon number of 3 to 30, or a carbon number of 2 to 20 unsaturated hydrocarbon groups.

於Y5 為單鍵或硫原子之情形時,R30 表示碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基,R31 表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基。When Y 5 is a single bond or a sulfur atom, R 30 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms. , R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms.

式(C2)中,R30 、R31 、R32 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基。In formula (C2), R 30 , R 31 , and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms. ~20 unsaturated hydrocarbon groups.

式(C1)、(C2)中,R30 、R31 、R32 所表示之烷基、環烷基、不飽和烴基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基。In the formulas (C1) and (C2), the hydrogen atoms contained in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or an amino group.

作為可對R30 、R31 、R32 所表示之烷基、環烷基、不飽和烴基所含之氫原子進行取代之鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,就化學穩定性之觀點而言較佳為氟原子。Examples of the halogen atom that can substitute for the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 30 , R 31 , and R 32 include: fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom , from the viewpoint of chemical stability, a fluorine atom is preferred.

式(C1)、(C2)中,a為1~3之整數。 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個Y5 可相同亦可不同。 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R30 可相同亦可不同。 於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R32 可相同亦可不同。 於a為1或2時,存在之複數個R31 可相同亦可不同。In formulas (C1) and (C2), a is an integer from 1 to 3. When a is 2 or 3, the plural Y 5 that exist may be the same or different. When a is 2 or 3, the plural R 30s that exist may be the same or different. When a is 2 or 3, the existing plural R 32 may be the same or different. When a is 1 or 2, the plural R 31s that exist may be the same or different.

R30 及R31 所表示之烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。The alkyl group represented by R 30 and R 31 may be linear or branched.

式(C1)所表示之化合物中,於Y5 為氧原子之情形時,R30 所表示之烷基之碳原子數就改質快速進行而言較佳為1~20。又,R30 所表示之烷基之碳原子數更佳為1~3,進而較佳為1。In the compound represented by formula (C1), when Y 5 is an oxygen atom, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 30 is preferably 1 to 20 in order to allow rapid modification. Moreover, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 30 is more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.

式(C1)所表示之化合物中,於Y5 為單鍵或硫原子之情形時,R30 所表示之烷基之碳原子數較佳為5~20,更佳為8~20。In the compound represented by formula (C1), when Y 5 is a single bond or a sulfur atom, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 30 is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 8 to 20.

式(C1)所表示之化合物中,Y5 就改質快速進行而言較佳為氧原子。In the compound represented by the formula (C1), Y 5 is preferably an oxygen atom in terms of rapid modification.

式(C2)所表示之化合物中,R30 及R32 所表示之烷基之碳原子數就改質快速進行而言分別獨立地較佳為1~20。又,R30 及R32 所表示之烷基之碳原子數分別獨立地更佳為1~3,進而較佳為1。In the compound represented by formula (C2), it is preferable that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 30 and R 32 is 1 to 20, respectively, in order to facilitate rapid modification. Moreover, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 30 and R 32 is each independently more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.

式(C1)所表示之化合物及式(C2)所表示之化合物中之R31 所表示之烷基之碳原子數均較佳為1~5,更佳為1~2,進而較佳為1。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 31 in the compound represented by formula (C1) and the compound represented by formula (C2) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1 .

作為R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 所表示之基中所例示之烷基。Specific examples of the alkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 include the alkyl groups exemplified among the groups represented by R 6 to R 9 .

R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之環烷基之碳原子數較佳為3~20,更佳為3~11。碳原子數包括取代基之碳原子數在內。The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 11. The number of carbon atoms includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

於R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之環烷基中存在之氫原子分別獨立地被取代為烷基之情形時,環烷基之碳原子數為4以上。可對環烷基中存在之氫原子進行取代之烷基之碳原子數為1~27。When the hydrogen atoms present in the cycloalkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 are each independently substituted with an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is 4 or more. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group that may be substituted for the hydrogen atoms present in the cycloalkyl group is 1 to 27.

作為R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之環烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 所表示之基中例示之環烷基。Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 include the cycloalkyl groups exemplified among the groups represented by R 6 to R 9 .

R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之不飽和烴基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀,亦可為環狀。The unsaturated hydrocarbon groups represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 may be linear, branched or cyclic.

R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之不飽和烴基之碳原子數較佳為5~20,更佳為8~20。The number of carbon atoms of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 8 to 20.

作為R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之不飽和烴基,較佳為烯基,更佳為碳原子數8~20之烯基。The unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 is preferably an alkenyl group, more preferably an alkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.

作為R30 、R31 及R32 所表示之烯基,可例示於R6 ~R9 所表示之基中例示之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基中之任一個碳原子間之單鍵(C-C)被取代為雙鍵(C=C)而成者。於烯基中,雙鍵之位置並無限定。Examples of the alkenyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 include a single bond between any one of the carbon atoms in the linear or branched alkyl group represented by R 6 to R 9 ( CC) is replaced by a double bond (C=C). In alkenyl groups, the position of the double bond is not limited.

作為此種烯基之較佳者,例如可列舉:乙烯基、丙烯基、3-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、2-己烯基、2-壬烯基、2-十二烯基、9-十八烯基。Preferred examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl, propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 2-nonenyl, 2-dodecenyl, 9-octadecenyl.

R30 及R32 較佳為烷基或不飽和烴基,更佳為烷基。R 30 and R 32 are preferably an alkyl group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.

R31 較佳為氫原子、烷基或不飽和烴基,更佳為烷基。R 31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.

若R31 所表示之烷基、環烷基及不飽和烴基為上述碳原子數,則式(C1)所表示之化合物、式(C2)所表示之化合物易被水解,易生成改質體。因此,式(C1)所表示之化合物之改質體及式(C2)所表示之化合物之改質體容易被覆(1)半導體材料之表面。其結果認為,即便於熱環境下(1)半導體材料亦不易劣化,可獲得耐久性較高之(1)半導體材料。If the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and unsaturated hydrocarbon group represented by R 31 has the above number of carbon atoms, the compound represented by formula (C1) and the compound represented by formula (C2) are easily hydrolyzed and a modified form is easily generated. Therefore, the modified form of the compound represented by formula (C1) and the modified form of the compound represented by formula (C2) can easily cover the surface of (1) the semiconductor material. As a result, it is considered that (1) the semiconductor material is less likely to deteriorate even in a thermal environment and that a (1) semiconductor material with high durability can be obtained.

作為式(C1)所表示之化合物,具體而言,可列舉:四乙氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四丁氧基矽烷、四丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三甲氧基苯基矽烷、乙氧基三乙基矽烷、甲氧基三甲基矽烷、甲氧基二甲基(苯基)矽烷、五氟苯基乙氧基二甲基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、(3-氯丙基)二乙氧基(甲基)矽烷、(氯甲基)二甲氧基(甲基)矽烷、(氯甲基)二乙氧基(甲基)矽烷、二乙氧基二甲基矽烷、二甲氧基二甲基矽烷、二甲氧基二苯基矽烷、二甲氧基甲基苯基矽烷、二乙氧基二苯基矽烷、二甲氧基甲基乙烯基矽烷、二乙氧基(甲基)苯基矽烷、二甲氧基(甲基)(3,3,3-三氟丙基)矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、(3-溴丙基)三甲氧基矽烷、環己基三甲氧基矽烷、(氯甲基)三乙氧基矽烷、(氯甲基)三甲氧基矽烷、十二烷基三乙氧基矽烷、十二烷基三甲氧基矽烷、三乙氧基乙基矽烷、癸基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、己基三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、十六烷基三甲氧基矽烷、三甲氧基(甲基)矽烷、三乙氧基甲基矽烷、三甲氧基(1H,1H,2H,2H-十七氟癸基)矽烷、三乙氧基-1H,1H,2H,2H-十三氟正辛基矽烷、三甲氧基(1H,1H,2H,2H-九氟己基)矽烷、三甲氧基(3,3,3-三氟丙基)矽烷、1H,1H,2H,2H-全氟辛基三乙氧基矽烷等。Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (C1) include: tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, tetrapropoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, 3- Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, trimethoxyphenylsilane, ethoxytriethylsilane, methoxytrimethylsilane, methoxydimethylsilane (Phenyl)silane, pentafluorophenylethoxydimethylsilane, trimethylethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyldimethoxymethylsilane, (3-chloropropyl)diethoxy (Methyl)silane, (chloromethyl)dimethoxy(methyl)silane, (chloromethyl)diethoxy(methyl)silane, diethoxydimethylsilane, dimethoxydimethylsilane Methylsilane, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxymethylphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxymethylvinylsilane, diethoxy(methyl) Phenylsilane, dimethoxy(methyl)(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)silane, allyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, (3-bromopropyl) Trimethoxysilane, cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, (chloromethyl)triethoxysilane, (chloromethyl)trimethoxysilane, dodecyltriethoxysilane, dodecyltrimethoxysilane Silane, triethoxyethylsilane, decyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, hexyltriethoxysilane, hexyltrimethoxysilane, hexadecyltrimethoxysilane, trimethoxy( Methyl)silane, triethoxymethylsilane, trimethoxy(1H,1H,2H,2H-heptadecafluorodecyl)silane, triethoxy-1H,1H,2H,2H-tridedecafluorodecyl Octylsilane, trimethoxy(1H,1H,2H,2H-nonafluorohexyl)silane, trimethoxy(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)silane, 1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctyl Triethoxysilane, etc.

其中,作為式(C1)所表示之化合物,較佳為三甲氧基苯基矽烷、甲氧基二甲基(苯基)矽烷、二甲氧基二苯基矽烷、二甲氧基甲基苯基矽烷、環己基三甲氧基矽烷、十二烷基三乙氧基矽烷、十二烷基三甲氧基矽烷、癸基三甲氧基矽烷、己基三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、十六烷基三甲氧基矽烷、三甲氧基(1H,1H,2H,2H-十七氟癸基)矽烷、三乙氧基-1H,1H,2H,2H-十三氟正辛基矽烷、三甲氧基(1H,1H,2H,2H-九氟己基)矽烷、三甲氧基(3,3,3-三氟丙基)矽烷、1H,1H,2H,2H-全氟辛基三乙氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四丁氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷,更佳為四乙氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四丁氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷,最佳為四甲氧基矽烷。Among them, as the compound represented by formula (C1), preferred are trimethoxyphenylsilane, methoxydimethyl(phenyl)silane, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, and dimethoxymethylbenzene Silane, cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, dodecyltriethoxysilane, dodecyltrimethoxysilane, decyltrimethoxysilane, hexyltriethoxysilane, hexyltrimethoxysilane, Hexalkyltrimethoxysilane, trimethoxy(1H,1H,2H,2H-heptadecafluorodecyl)silane, triethoxy-1H,1H,2H,2H-tridecafluoro-n-octylsilane, trimethyl Oxy(1H,1H,2H,2H-nonafluorohexyl)silane, trimethoxy(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)silane, 1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctyltriethoxy Silane, tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, more preferably tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane Propoxysilane, preferably tetramethoxysilane.

進而,作為式(C1)所表示之化合物,亦可為十二烷基三甲氧基矽烷、三甲氧基苯基矽烷、1H,1H,2H,2H-全氟辛基三乙氧基矽烷、三甲氧基(1H,1H,2H,2H-九氟己基)矽烷。Furthermore, as the compound represented by formula (C1), dodecyltrimethoxysilane, trimethoxyphenylsilane, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctyltriethoxysilane, trimethyl Oxy(1H,1H,2H,2H-nonafluorohexyl)silane.

(3.式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、式(A5-52)所表示之化合物) 作為(5)改質體群,亦可為下述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、下述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物。(3. Compounds represented by formula (A5-51), compounds represented by formula (A5-52)) As the modified group (5), compounds represented by the following formula (A5-51) and compounds represented by the following formula (A5-52) may also be used.

[化11] [Chemical 11]

式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,AC 為2價烴基,Y15 為氧原子或硫原子。In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), A C is a divalent hydrocarbon group, and Y 15 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,R122 及R123 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或環烷基。In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), R 122 and R 123 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,R124 表示烷基或環烷基。In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), R 124 represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,R125 及R126 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基或環烷基。In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), R 125 and R 126 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cycloalkyl group.

於R122 ~R126 為烷基之情形時,可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。烷基之碳原子數通常為1~20,較佳為5~20,更佳為8~20。When R 122 to R 126 are alkyl groups, they may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is usually 1 to 20, preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 8 to 20.

於R122 ~R126 為環烷基之情形時,環烷基可具有烷基作為取代基。環烷基之碳原子數通常為3~30,較佳為3~20,更佳為3~11。碳原子數包括取代基之碳原子數在內。When R 122 to R 126 are cycloalkyl groups, the cycloalkyl group may have an alkyl group as a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group is usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 11. The number of carbon atoms includes the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.

R122 ~R126 所表示之烷基、環烷基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基。The hydrogen atoms contained in the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 122 to R 126 may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or an amino group.

作為可對R122 ~R126 所表示之烷基、環烷基所含之氫原子進行取代之鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,就化學穩定性之觀點而言較佳為氟原子。Examples of the halogen atom that can substitute for the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group represented by R 122 to R 126 include: fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom. From the viewpoint of chemical stability Preferably it is a fluorine atom.

作為R122 ~R126 之烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 中例示之烷基。Specific examples of the alkyl group for R 122 to R 126 include the alkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 .

作為R122 ~R126 之環烷基之具體例,可列舉於R6 ~R9 中例示之環烷基。Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group of R 122 to R 126 include the cycloalkyl groups exemplified for R 6 to R 9 .

作為R125 、R126 之烷氧基,可例示使R6 ~R9 中例示之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基與氧原子鍵結而成之1價基。Examples of the alkoxy group of R 125 and R 126 include a monovalent group in which the linear or branched alkyl group exemplified for R 6 to R 9 and an oxygen atom are bonded.

於R125 、R126 為烷氧基之情形時,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等,較佳為甲氧基。When R 125 and R 126 are alkoxy groups, examples thereof include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc., and methoxy is preferred.

AC 所表示之2價烴基只要為自烴化合物去除2個氫原子所得之基即可,上述烴化合物可為脂肪族烴,亦可為芳香族烴,亦可為飽和脂肪族烴。於AC 為伸烷基之情形時,可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。伸烷基之碳原子數通常為1~100,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~5。The divalent hydrocarbon group represented by A C only needs to be a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a hydrocarbon compound. The hydrocarbon compound may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon. When A C is an alkylene group, it may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is usually 1 to 100, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 5.

作為式(A5-51)所表示之化合物,較佳為三甲氧基[3-(甲基胺基)丙基]矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、3-胺基丙基二乙氧基甲基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。As the compound represented by formula (A5-51), preferred are trimethoxy[3-(methylamino)propyl]silane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, and 3-aminopropyl Dimethoxymethylsilane, 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethylsilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane.

作為式(A5-51)所表示之化合物,較佳為R122 及R123 為氫原子、R124 為烷基、R125 及R126 為烷氧基之化合物。例如更佳為3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。As the compound represented by formula (A5-51), a compound in which R 122 and R 123 are hydrogen atoms, R 124 is an alkyl group, and R 125 and R 126 are an alkoxy group is preferred. For example, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane are more preferred.

作為式(A5-51)所表示之化合物,進而較佳為3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。 作為式(A5-52)所表示之化合物,進而較佳為3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。As the compound represented by formula (A5-51), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferred. As the compound represented by formula (A5-52), 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane are more preferred.

(矽酸鈉) 作為(5)改質體群,亦可為矽酸鈉(Na2 SiO3 )。(Sodium silicate) As the modifier group (5), sodium silicate (Na 2 SiO 3 ) may be used.

矽酸鈉可藉由利用酸實施處理來進行水解而改質。Sodium silicate can be hydrolyzed and modified by treatment with an acid.

於本實施形態中,上述(5)改質體群可僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In this embodiment, only one type of the above-mentioned (5) modified body group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<關於各成分之調配比> 於本實施形態之組合物中,(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之調配比可根據構成組合物之成分之種類等適當決定。 於本實施形態之組合物中,(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之莫耳比[(1)半導體材料/(2)表面修飾劑]可為0.0001~1000,亦可為0.01~100。 (1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之調配比之相關範圍為上述範圍內之樹脂組合物於(1)半導體材料不易發生凝集、發光性亦可得到良好之發揮之方面而言較佳。<About the mixing ratio of each ingredient> In the composition of this embodiment, the compounding ratio of (1) the semiconductor material and (2) the surface modification agent can be appropriately determined depending on the types of components constituting the composition. In the composition of this embodiment, the molar ratio of (1) semiconductor material and (2) surface modification agent [(1) semiconductor material/(2) surface modification agent] may be 0.0001 to 1000, or may be 0.01 to 100. A resin composition with a relative range of the blending ratio of (1) the semiconductor material and (2) the surface modifier is within the above range is preferred in that (1) the semiconductor material is less likely to agglomerate and can exhibit good luminescence properties. .

於本實施形態之組合物中,在(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子與(2)三級胺之N元素之莫耳比[N/B]可為0.001~100,亦可為0.01~10,亦可為0.1~1。In the composition of this embodiment, when (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound, the molar ratio of the metal ion as the B component of the perovskite compound to (2) the N element of the tertiary amine [ N/B] can be 0.001~100, 0.01~10, or 0.1~1.

於本實施形態之組合物中,(1)半導體材料與(5)改質體群之調配比只要為由(5)改質體群產生之提高耐久性之作用可得到發揮之程度即可,可根據(1)半導體材料及(5)改質體群之種類等適當決定。 於本實施形態之組合物中,在(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,作為(1)半導體材料之B成分的金屬離子與(5)改質體群之Si元素之莫耳比[Si/B]可為0.001~2000,亦可為0.01~500。In the composition of this embodiment, the blending ratio of (1) the semiconductor material and (5) the modifier group may be such that the durability-improving effect of the (5) modifier group can be exerted. It can be appropriately determined based on (1) the type of semiconductor material and (5) the modifier group. In the composition of this embodiment, when (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound, the metal ions as the B component of the semiconductor material and (5) the mole of the Si element of the modifier group are The ratio [Si/B] may be 0.001 to 2000 or 0.01 to 500.

於本實施形態之組合物中,在(5)改質體群為式(B1)或(B2)所表示之矽氮烷及其改質體,(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,作為(1)半導體材料之B成分的金屬離子與(5)改質體群之Si之莫耳比[Si/B]可為1~1000,亦可為10~500,亦可為20~300。In the composition of this embodiment, (5) the modified group is a silazane represented by formula (B1) or (B2) and its modified form, and (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound In this case, the molar ratio [Si/B] of (1) metal ions as the B component of the semiconductor material and (5) Si of the modifier group may be 1 to 1000, 10 to 500, or 20 ~300.

於本實施形態之組合物中,在(5)改質體群為具有式(B3)所表示之結構之聚矽氮烷,(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,作為(1)半導體材料之B成分的金屬離子與(5)改質體群之Si元素之莫耳比[Si/B]可為0.001~2000,亦可為0.01~2000,亦可為0.1~1000,亦可為1~500,亦可為2~300。In the composition of this embodiment, when (5) the modifier group is polysilazane having a structure represented by formula (B3), and (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound, (1) ) The molar ratio [Si/B] of the metal ions of the B component of the semiconductor material and the Si element of the (5) modifier group may be 0.001 to 2000, or 0.01 to 2000, or 0.1 to 1000, or It can be between 1 and 500, or between 2 and 300.

(1)半導體材料與(5)改質體群之調配比之相關範圍為上述範圍內之組合物就由(5)改質體群產生之提高耐久性之作用可得到特別良好之發揮之方面而言較佳。The correlation range of the blending ratio of (1) the semiconductor material and (5) the modifier group is such that the durability-improving effect of the (5) modifier group can be particularly well exerted by the composition within the above range. Better.

上述作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子與改質體之Si元素之莫耳比[Si/B]可藉由如下方法求出。The molar ratio [Si/B] of the metal ion as the B component of the perovskite compound and the Si element of the modified body [Si/B] can be determined by the following method.

作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子之物質量(B)(單位:莫耳)係藉由感應耦合電漿質譜法(ICP-MS)測定作為B成分之金屬之質量,將測定值換算成物質量而求出。The mass (B) (unit: mol) of the metal ion as the B component of the perovskite compound is measured by inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), and the measured value is converted Find it based on the mass of the finished product.

改質體之Si元素之物質量(Si)係由將所使用之改質體之原料化合物之質量換算成物質量所得之值與單位質量之原料化合物所含之Si量(物質量)而求出。所謂原料化合物之單位質量,若原料化合物為低分子化合物,則為原料化合物之分子量,若原料化合物為高分子化合物,則為原料化合物之重複單元之分子量。The material mass (Si) of the Si element of the modified body is calculated by converting the mass of the raw material compound of the modified body into a material mass and the amount of Si (material mass) contained in the raw material compound per unit mass. out. The unit mass of the raw material compound is the molecular weight of the raw material compound if the raw material compound is a low molecular compound, and the molecular weight of the repeating unit of the raw material compound if the raw material compound is a high molecular compound.

可由Si元素之物質量(Si)與作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子之物質量(B)而算出莫耳比[Si/B]。The molar ratio [Si/B] can be calculated from the mass of Si element (Si) and the mass of metal ions (B) which is the B component of the perovskite compound.

<組合物之製造方法> 以下,關於本發明中之組合物之製造方法,揭示實施形態而進行說明。再者,本實施形態之組合物並不限定於藉由以下之實施形態之組合物之製造方法製造者。<Production method of composition> Hereinafter, embodiments will be disclosed and explained about the method for producing the composition of the present invention. In addition, the composition of this embodiment is not limited to what can be produced by the manufacturing method of the composition of this embodiment below.

<(1)半導體材料之製造方法> ((i)~(vii)之半導體材料之製造方法) (i)~(vii)之半導體材料可藉由對將構成半導體材料之元素之單質體或構成半導體材料之元素之化合物、與脂溶性溶劑加以混合而成之混合液進行加熱之方法製造。<(1) Manufacturing method of semiconductor material> (Methods for manufacturing semiconductor materials of (i) to (vii)) The semiconductor materials of (i) to (vii) can be produced by heating a mixture of a single substance of an element constituting the semiconductor material or a compound of an element constituting the semiconductor material, and a fat-soluble solvent.

作為包含構成半導體材料之元素之化合物之例,並無特別限制,可列舉:氧化物、乙酸鹽、有機金屬化合物、鹵化物、硝酸鹽等。Examples of compounds containing elements constituting semiconductor materials are not particularly limited, and examples include oxides, acetates, organic metal compounds, halides, nitrates, and the like.

作為脂溶性溶劑,例如可列舉:具有碳原子數4~20之烴基之含氮化合物、具有碳原子數4~20之烴基之含氧化合物等。Examples of the fat-soluble solvent include nitrogen-containing compounds having a hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, oxygen-containing compounds having a hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like.

作為碳原子數4~20之烴基,可列舉:飽和脂肪族烴基、不飽和脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基。Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.

作為碳原子數4~20之飽和脂肪族烴基,可列舉:正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、辛基、癸基、十二烷基、十六烷基、十八烷基等。Examples of the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, and the like.

作為碳原子數4~20之不飽和脂肪族烴基,可列舉:油基。Examples of the unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include an oil group.

作為碳原子數4~20之脂環式烴基,可列舉:環戊基、環己基等。Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and the like.

作為碳原子數4~20之芳香族烴基,可列舉:苯基、苄基、萘基、萘基甲基等。Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include phenyl group, benzyl group, naphthyl group, naphthylmethyl group, and the like.

作為碳原子數4~20之烴基,較佳為飽和脂肪族烴基及不飽和脂肪族烴基。As the hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group are preferred.

作為含氮化合物,可列舉:胺類或醯胺類。 作為含氧化合物,可列舉:脂肪酸類。Examples of nitrogen-containing compounds include amines and amides. Examples of oxygen-containing compounds include fatty acids.

此種脂溶性溶劑之中,較佳為具有碳原子數4~20之烴基之含氮化合物。作為此種含氮化合物,例如較佳為正丁基胺、異丁基胺、正戊基胺、正己基胺、辛基胺、癸基胺、十二烷基胺、十六烷基胺、十八烷基胺等烷基胺、或油胺等烯基胺。Among such fat-soluble solvents, nitrogen-containing compounds having a hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. Preferred examples of such nitrogen-containing compounds include n-butylamine, isobutylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, dodecylamine, and hexadecylamine. Alkyl amines such as octadecylamine, or alkenyl amines such as oleylamine.

如此之脂溶性溶劑能夠鍵結於藉由合成產生之半導體材料之表面。作為脂溶性溶劑鍵結於半導體材料之表面時之鍵,例如可列舉:共價鍵、離子鍵、配位鍵、氫鍵、凡得瓦鍵等化學鍵。Such lipophilic solvents can bond to the surface of semiconductor materials produced by synthesis. Examples of bonds when the fat-soluble solvent is bonded to the surface of the semiconductor material include chemical bonds such as covalent bonds, ionic bonds, coordination bonds, hydrogen bonds, and Van der Waals bonds.

上述混合液之加熱溫度根據所使用之原料(單質體或化合物)之種類適當設定即可。混合液之加熱溫度例如較佳為130~300℃,更佳為240~300℃。若加熱溫度為上述下限值以上,則結晶結構容易單一化,故較佳。若加熱溫度為上述上限值以下,則產生之半導體材料之結晶結構不易崩解,容易獲得目標物,故較佳。The heating temperature of the above-mentioned mixed liquid can be appropriately set according to the type of raw material (single substance or compound) used. The heating temperature of the mixed liquid is, for example, preferably 130 to 300°C, more preferably 240 to 300°C. It is preferable that the heating temperature is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit value because the crystal structure can be easily unified. If the heating temperature is below the above upper limit, it is preferable because the crystal structure of the produced semiconductor material is less likely to collapse and the target object can be easily obtained.

混合液之加熱時間根據所使用之原料(單質體或化合物)之種類、加熱溫度適當設定即可。混合液之加熱時間例如較佳為數秒~數小時,更佳為1~60分鐘。The heating time of the mixed liquid can be set appropriately according to the type of raw material (element or compound) used and the heating temperature. The heating time of the mixed liquid is preferably from several seconds to several hours, and more preferably from 1 to 60 minutes.

於上述半導體材料之製造方法中,藉由將加熱後之混合液加以冷卻而獲得包含作為目標物之半導體材料之沈澱物。分離沈澱物,適當清洗,藉此獲得作為目標物之半導體材料。In the above method for manufacturing a semiconductor material, a precipitate containing the target semiconductor material is obtained by cooling the heated mixed liquid. Separate the precipitate and clean it appropriately to obtain the target semiconductor material.

亦可於沈澱物經分離後之上清液中添加合成之半導體材料不溶或難溶之溶劑,降低上清液中之半導體材料之溶解度而使生成沈澱物,回收上清液中所含之半導體材料。作為「半導體材料不溶或難溶之溶劑」,例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙酮、乙腈等。A solvent in which the synthetic semiconductor material is insoluble or insoluble can also be added to the supernatant after separation of the precipitate to reduce the solubility of the semiconductor material in the supernatant to generate a precipitate, and recover the semiconductor contained in the supernatant. Material. Examples of "solvents in which semiconductor materials are insoluble or poorly soluble" include methanol, ethanol, acetone, acetonitrile, and the like.

於上述半導體材料之製造方法中,亦可將所分離之沈澱物添加至有機溶劑(例如氯仿、甲苯、己烷、正丁醇等)中製成包含半導體材料之溶液。In the above method of manufacturing a semiconductor material, the separated precipitate can also be added to an organic solvent (such as chloroform, toluene, hexane, n-butanol, etc.) to prepare a solution containing the semiconductor material.

((viii)之半導體材料之製造方法) (viii)之半導體材料之製造方法可參考現有文獻(Nano Lett. 2015, 15, 3692-3696、ACSNano, 2015, 9, 4533-4542),藉由以下記述之方法製造。(Method for manufacturing semiconductor materials of (viii)) The manufacturing method of the semiconductor material in (viii) can refer to existing literature (Nano Lett. 2015, 15, 3692-3696, ACSNano, 2015, 9, 4533-4542), and is manufactured by the method described below.

(第一製造方法) 作為鈣鈦礦化合物之製造方法,可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:使構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物、及包含X成分之化合物溶解於第1溶劑而獲得溶液;及將所獲得之溶液與第2溶劑加以混合。(First manufacturing method) Examples of a method for producing a perovskite compound include a method including the steps of dissolving a compound containing component A, a compound containing component B, and a compound containing component X constituting the perovskite compound in a first solvent. solution; and mixing the obtained solution with the second solvent.

第2溶劑係對鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度比第1溶劑低之溶劑。 再者,所謂溶解度,意指進行將所獲得之溶液與第2溶劑加以混合之步驟之溫度下之溶解度。The second solvent is a solvent whose solubility to the perovskite compound is lower than that of the first solvent. In addition, the solubility means the solubility at the temperature of the step of mixing the obtained solution and the second solvent.

作為第1溶劑及第2溶劑,可列舉選自上文中作為(a)~(k)所列舉之有機溶劑之群中之至少2種。Examples of the first solvent and the second solvent include at least two selected from the group of organic solvents listed as (a) to (k) above.

例如,於在室溫(10℃~30℃)下進行將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟之情形時,作為第1溶劑,可列舉:上文記述之(d)醇、(e)二醇醚、(f)具有醯胺基之有機溶劑、(k)二甲基亞碸。For example, when the step of mixing the solution and the second solvent is performed at room temperature (10°C to 30°C), examples of the first solvent include (d) alcohol and (e) glycol described above. Ether, (f) organic solvent having amide group, (k) dimethylstyrene.

又,於在室溫(10℃~30℃)下進行將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟之情形時,作為第2溶劑,可列舉:上文記述之(a)酯、(b)酮、(c)醚、(g)具有腈基之有機溶劑、(h)具有碳酸酯基之有機溶劑、(i)鹵化烴、(j)烴。In addition, when the step of mixing the solution and the second solvent is performed at room temperature (10°C to 30°C), examples of the second solvent include: (a) esters, (b) ketones described above, (c) ether, (g) organic solvent having a nitrile group, (h) organic solvent having a carbonate group, (i) halogenated hydrocarbon, (j) hydrocarbon.

以下,具體地說明第一製造方法。 首先,使包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物、及包含X成分之化合物溶解於第1溶劑而獲得溶液。「包含A成分之化合物」亦可包含X成分。「包含B成分之化合物」亦可包含X成分。Hereinafter, the first manufacturing method will be described in detail. First, a compound containing component A, a compound containing component B, and a compound containing component X are dissolved in a first solvent to obtain a solution. "Compound containing component A" may also contain component X. "Compound containing B component" may also contain X component.

其次,將所獲得之溶液與第2溶劑加以混合。將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟可設為(I)於第2溶劑中添加溶液,亦可設為(II)於溶液中添加第2溶劑。為了使藉由第一製造方法形成之鈣鈦礦化合物之粒子容易分散於溶液中,宜(I)於第2溶劑中添加溶液。Next, the obtained solution and the second solvent are mixed. The step of mixing the solution and the second solvent may be (I) adding the solution to the second solvent, or (II) adding the second solvent to the solution. In order to make the particles of the perovskite compound formed by the first production method easily dispersed in the solution, it is preferable (I) to add the solution to the second solvent.

於將溶液與第2溶劑混合時,宜將一者滴加至另一者中。又,宜一面攪拌一面混合溶液與第2溶劑。When mixing the solution and the second solvent, it is advisable to add one dropwise to the other. Moreover, it is preferable to mix the solution and the second solvent while stirring.

於將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟中,溶液與第2溶劑之溫度並無特別限制。為了使所獲得之鈣鈦礦化合物易於析出,較佳為-20℃~40℃之範圍,更佳為-5℃~30℃之範圍。溶液之溫度及第2溶劑之溫度可相同亦可不同。In the step of mixing the solution and the second solvent, the temperatures of the solution and the second solvent are not particularly limited. In order to make the obtained perovskite compound easy to precipitate, the range of -20°C to 40°C is preferred, and the range of -5°C to 30°C is more preferred. The temperature of the solution and the temperature of the second solvent may be the same or different.

第1溶劑對鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度與第2溶劑對鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度之差較佳為100 μg/溶劑100 g~90 g/溶劑100 g,更佳為1 mg/溶劑100 g~90 g/溶劑100 g。The difference in the solubility of the first solvent to the perovskite compound and the solubility of the second solvent to the perovskite compound is preferably 100 μg/100 g to 90 g/100 g of solvent, more preferably 1 mg/100 g to 100 g of solvent. 90 g/solvent 100 g.

作為第1溶劑與第2溶劑之組合,較佳為如下:第1溶劑為N,N-二甲基乙醯胺等具有醯胺基之有機溶劑或二甲基亞碸,第2溶劑為鹵化烴或烴。若第1溶劑與第2溶劑為該等溶劑之組合,則例如於在室溫(10℃~30℃)下進行混合步驟之情形時,容易將第1溶劑對鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度與第2溶劑對鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度之差控制於100 μg/溶劑100 g~90 g/溶劑100 g,故較佳。As a combination of the first solvent and the second solvent, the following is preferred: the first solvent is an organic solvent having an amide group such as N,N-dimethylacetamide or dimethyl styrene, and the second solvent is halogenated hydrocarbon or hydrocarbon. If the first solvent and the second solvent are a combination of these solvents, for example, when the mixing step is performed at room temperature (10°C to 30°C), it is easy to compare the solubility of the first solvent to the perovskite compound with that of the second solvent. 2. The difference in solubility between the solvent and the perovskite compound is controlled within 100 μg/100 g of solvent to 90 g/100 g of solvent, so it is better.

藉由將溶液與第2溶劑加以混合,於所獲得之混合液中鈣鈦礦化合物之溶解度降低,鈣鈦礦化合物析出。藉此,獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液。By mixing the solution and the second solvent, the solubility of the perovskite compound in the obtained mixed solution decreases, and the perovskite compound precipitates. Thereby, a dispersion liquid containing a perovskite compound is obtained.

對所獲得之包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液進行固液分離,藉此可回收鈣鈦礦化合物。作為固液分離之方法,可列舉:過濾、藉由溶劑蒸發之濃縮等。可藉由進行固液分離而僅回收鈣鈦礦化合物。The obtained dispersion containing the perovskite compound is subjected to solid-liquid separation, whereby the perovskite compound can be recovered. Examples of solid-liquid separation methods include filtration, concentration by solvent evaporation, and the like. Only the perovskite compound can be recovered by performing solid-liquid separation.

再者,於上述製造方法中,為了使獲得之鈣鈦礦化合物之粒子易於分散液中穩定地分散,較佳為包括上述添加表面修飾劑之步驟。Furthermore, in the above-mentioned production method, in order to make the obtained perovskite compound particles easily and stably dispersed in the dispersion liquid, it is preferable to include the above-mentioned step of adding a surface modification agent.

添加表面修飾劑之步驟較佳為於將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟之前進行。具體而言,表面修飾劑可添加於第1溶劑中,亦可添加於溶液中,亦可添加於第2溶劑中。又,表面修飾劑亦可添加於第1溶劑及第2溶劑兩者中。The step of adding the surface modification agent is preferably performed before the step of mixing the solution and the second solvent. Specifically, the surface modification agent may be added to the first solvent, the solution, or the second solvent. In addition, a surface modification agent may be added to both the first solvent and the second solvent.

又,於上述製造方法中,較佳為包括於將溶液與第2溶劑混合之步驟後藉由離心分離、過濾等方法去除粗大粒子之步驟。藉由去除步驟去除之粗大粒子之尺寸較佳為10 μm以上,更佳為1 μm以上,進而較佳為500 nm以上。Moreover, in the above-mentioned production method, it is preferable to include a step of removing coarse particles by centrifugation, filtration, etc. after the step of mixing the solution and the second solvent. The size of the coarse particles removed by the removal step is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and further preferably 500 nm or more.

(第二製造方法) 作為鈣鈦礦化合物之製造方法,可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:使構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物、及包含X成分之化合物溶解於高溫之第3溶劑而獲得溶液;及將溶液加以冷卻。(Second manufacturing method) Examples of a method for producing a perovskite compound include a method including the steps of dissolving a compound containing component A, a compound containing component B, and a compound containing component X constituting the perovskite compound in a high-temperature third solvent. and obtain a solution; and cool the solution.

以下,具體地說明第二製造方法。Hereinafter, the second manufacturing method will be described in detail.

首先,使包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物、及包含X成分之化合物溶解於高溫之第3溶劑而獲得溶液。「包含A成分之化合物」亦可包含X成分。「包含B成分之化合物」亦可包含X成分。 本步驟可設為於高溫之第3溶劑中添加各化合物使之溶解而獲得溶液。 又,本步驟亦可設為藉由在第3溶劑中添加各化合物後進行升溫而獲得溶液。First, a compound containing component A, a compound containing component B, and a compound containing component X are dissolved in a high-temperature third solvent to obtain a solution. "Compound containing component A" may also contain component X. "Compound containing component B" may also contain component X. This step may include adding each compound to a high-temperature third solvent and dissolving it to obtain a solution. In this step, each compound may be added to the third solvent and then the temperature may be raised to obtain a solution.

作為第3溶劑,可列舉能夠使作為原料的包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物、及包含X成分之化合物溶解之溶劑。具體而言,作為第3溶劑,例如可列舉上文記述之第1溶劑、第2溶劑。Examples of the third solvent include solvents capable of dissolving the compound containing component A, the compound containing component B, and the compound containing component X that are raw materials. Specifically, examples of the third solvent include the first solvent and the second solvent described above.

所謂「高溫」,只要為各原料溶解之溫度之溶劑即可。例如,作為高溫之第3溶劑之溫度,較佳為60~600℃,更佳為80~400℃。The so-called "high temperature" only needs to be a solvent at a temperature at which each raw material is dissolved. For example, the temperature of the high-temperature third solvent is preferably 60 to 600°C, more preferably 80 to 400°C.

其次,將所獲得之溶液加以冷卻。 作為冷卻溫度,較佳為-20~50℃,更佳為-10~30℃。 作為冷卻速度,較佳為0.1~1500℃/分鐘,更佳為10~150℃/分鐘。Next, the solution obtained is cooled. As the cooling temperature, -20 to 50°C is preferred, and -10 to 30°C is more preferred. The cooling rate is preferably 0.1 to 1500°C/min, more preferably 10 to 150°C/min.

藉由將高溫之溶液加以冷卻,可利用因溶液之溫度差引起之溶解度之差而使鈣鈦礦化合物析出。藉此,獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液。By cooling the high-temperature solution, the difference in solubility caused by the temperature difference of the solution can be used to precipitate the perovskite compound. Thereby, a dispersion liquid containing a perovskite compound is obtained.

對所獲得之包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液進行固液分離,藉此可回收鈣鈦礦化合物。作為固液分離之方法,可列舉於第一製造方法中揭示之方法。The obtained dispersion containing the perovskite compound is subjected to solid-liquid separation, whereby the perovskite compound can be recovered. As a solid-liquid separation method, the method disclosed in the 1st manufacturing method can be mentioned.

再者,於上述製造方法中,為了使獲得之鈣鈦礦化合物之粒子易於分散液中穩定地分散,較佳為包括上述添加表面修飾劑之步驟。Furthermore, in the above-mentioned production method, in order to make the obtained perovskite compound particles easily and stably dispersed in the dispersion liquid, it is preferable to include the above-mentioned step of adding a surface modification agent.

添加表面修飾劑之步驟較佳為於冷卻步驟之前進行。具體而言,表面修飾劑可添加於第3溶劑中,亦可添加於含有包含A成分之化合物、包含B成分之化合物及包含X成分之化合物中之至少1種的溶液中。The step of adding the surface modifier is preferably performed before the cooling step. Specifically, the surface modification agent may be added to the third solvent, or may be added to a solution containing at least one of a compound containing component A, a compound containing component B, and a compound containing component X.

又,於上述製造方法中,較佳為包括於冷卻步驟之後藉由第一製造方法中揭示之離心分離、過濾等方法去除粗大粒子之步驟。Moreover, in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, it is preferable to include a step of removing coarse particles by centrifugation, filtration, etc. disclosed in the first manufacturing method after the cooling step.

(第三製造方法) 作為鈣鈦礦化合物之製造方法,可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:獲得溶解有構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含A成分之化合物與包含B成分之化合物的第1溶液;獲得溶解有構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含X成分之化合物的第2溶液;將第1溶液與第2溶液加以混合獲得混合液;及冷卻所獲得之混合液。(Third manufacturing method) An example of a method for producing a perovskite compound is a production method including the following steps: obtaining a first solution in which a compound containing component A and a compound containing component B constituting the perovskite compound are dissolved; obtaining a dissolved compound constituting the perovskite compound; A second solution of the compound containing the X component; mixing the first solution and the second solution to obtain a mixed liquid; and cooling the obtained mixed liquid.

以下,具體地說明第三製造方法。Hereinafter, the third manufacturing method will be described in detail.

首先,使包含A成分之化合物與包含B成分之化合物溶解於高溫之第4溶劑而獲得第1溶液。First, a compound containing component A and a compound containing component B are dissolved in a high-temperature fourth solvent to obtain a first solution.

作為第4溶劑,可列舉能夠使包含A成分之化合物與包含B成分之化合物溶解之溶劑。具體而言,作為第4溶劑,可列舉上文記述之第3溶劑。Examples of the fourth solvent include solvents capable of dissolving the compound containing component A and the compound containing component B. Specifically, examples of the fourth solvent include the third solvent described above.

所謂「高溫」,只要為包含A成分之化合物與包含B成分之化合物溶解之溫度即可。例如,作為高溫之第4溶劑之溫度,較佳為60~600℃,更佳為80~400℃。The term "high temperature" may be a temperature at which the compound containing component A and the compound containing component B are dissolved. For example, the temperature of the high-temperature fourth solvent is preferably 60 to 600°C, more preferably 80 to 400°C.

又,使包含X成分之化合物溶解於第5溶劑而獲得第2溶液。包含X成分之化合物亦可包含B成分。Moreover, the compound containing X component is dissolved in the 5th solvent, and the 2nd solution is obtained. The compound containing the X component may also contain the B component.

作為第5溶劑,可列舉能夠使包含X成分之化合物溶解之溶劑。 具體而言,作為第5溶劑,可列舉上文記述之第3溶劑。Examples of the fifth solvent include solvents capable of dissolving the compound containing the X component. Specifically, examples of the fifth solvent include the third solvent described above.

其次,將所獲得之第1溶液與第2溶液加以混合獲得混合液。於將第1溶液與第2溶液進行混合時,宜將一者滴加至另一者中。又,宜一面攪拌一面混合第1溶液與第2溶液。Next, the obtained first solution and second solution are mixed to obtain a mixed liquid. When mixing the first solution and the second solution, one is preferably added dropwise to the other. Moreover, it is preferable to mix the 1st solution and the 2nd solution while stirring.

其次,冷卻所獲得之混合液。 作為冷卻溫度,較佳為-20~50℃,更佳為-10~30℃。 作為冷卻速度,較佳為0.1~1500℃/分鐘,更佳為10~150℃/分鐘。Next, the obtained mixed liquid is cooled. As the cooling temperature, -20 to 50°C is preferred, and -10 to 30°C is more preferred. The cooling rate is preferably 0.1 to 1500°C/min, more preferably 10 to 150°C/min.

藉由將混合液加以冷卻,可利用因混合液之溫度差引起之溶解度之差而使鈣鈦礦化合物析出。藉此,獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液。By cooling the mixed liquid, the perovskite compound can be precipitated by utilizing the difference in solubility caused by the temperature difference of the mixed liquid. Thereby, a dispersion liquid containing a perovskite compound is obtained.

對所獲得之包含鈣鈦礦化合物之分散液進行固液分離,藉此可回收鈣鈦礦化合物。作為固液分離之方法,可列舉於第一製造方法中揭示之方法。The obtained dispersion containing the perovskite compound is subjected to solid-liquid separation, whereby the perovskite compound can be recovered. As a solid-liquid separation method, the method disclosed in the 1st manufacturing method can be mentioned.

再者,於上述製造方法中,為了使獲得之鈣鈦礦化合物之粒子易於分散液中穩定地分散,較佳為包括上述添加表面修飾劑之步驟。Furthermore, in the above-mentioned production method, in order to make the obtained perovskite compound particles easily and stably dispersed in the dispersion liquid, it is preferable to include the above-mentioned step of adding a surface modification agent.

添加表面修飾劑之步驟較佳為於冷卻步驟之前進行。具體而言,表面修飾劑可添加於第4溶劑、第5溶劑、第1溶液、第2溶液、混合液之任意者中。The step of adding the surface modifier is preferably performed before the cooling step. Specifically, the surface modification agent can be added to any of the fourth solvent, the fifth solvent, the first solution, the second solution, and the mixed solution.

又,於上述製造方法中,較佳為包括於冷卻步驟之後藉由第一製造方法中揭示之離心分離、過濾等方法去除粗大粒子之步驟。Moreover, in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, it is preferable to include a step of removing coarse particles by centrifugation, filtration, etc. disclosed in the first manufacturing method after the cooling step.

<<組合物之製造方法1>> 以下,為了使所獲得之組合物之性狀易於理解,將藉由組合物之製造方法1獲得之組合物稱為「液狀組合物」。<<Preparation method of composition 1>> Hereinafter, in order to make the properties of the obtained composition easy to understand, the composition obtained by the composition production method 1 will be called a "liquid composition".

本實施形態之液狀組合物可藉由將(1)半導體材料及(2)表面修飾劑進而與(3)溶劑及(4)聚合性化合物之任一者或兩者加以混合而製造。The liquid composition of this embodiment can be produced by mixing (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modification agent with either or both of (3) a solvent and (4) a polymerizable compound.

於將(1)半導體材料及(2)表面修飾劑與(3)溶劑及(4)聚合性化合物之任一者或兩者加以混合時,較佳為一面攪拌一面進行。When mixing any one or both of (1) the semiconductor material and (2) the surface modification agent and (3) the solvent and (4) the polymerizable compound, it is preferable to mix them while stirring.

於將(1)半導體材料及(2)表面修飾劑與(4)聚合性化合物加以混合時,混合時之溫度並無特別限制。為了易使(1)半導體材料及(2)表面修飾劑均勻地混合,較佳為0℃~100℃之範圍,更佳為10℃~80℃之範圍。When (1) the semiconductor material and (2) the surface modification agent and (4) the polymerizable compound are mixed, the temperature during mixing is not particularly limited. In order to easily mix (1) the semiconductor material and (2) the surface modification agent uniformly, the range of 0°C to 100°C is preferred, and the range of 10°C to 80°C is more preferred.

(包含(3)溶劑之液狀組合物之製造方法) 作為包含(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(3)溶劑之組合物之製造方法,例如可為下述製造方法(a1),亦可為下述製造方法(a2)。(Method for producing liquid composition containing (3) solvent) As a manufacturing method of the composition containing (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent, and (3) a solvent, the following manufacturing method (a1) or the following manufacturing method (a2) may be sufficient, for example.

製造方法(a1)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料與(3)溶劑加以混合;及將所獲得之混合物與(2)表面修飾劑加以混合。The manufacturing method (a1) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: mixing (1) a semiconductor material and (3) a solvent; and mixing the obtained mixture with (2) a surface modification agent.

製造方法(a2)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑加以混合;及將所獲得之混合物與(3)溶劑加以混合。The manufacturing method (a2) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: mixing (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modification agent; and mixing the obtained mixture with (3) a solvent.

製造方法(a1)、(a2)中使用之(3)溶劑較佳為不易溶解上述(1)半導體材料者。若使用此種(3)溶劑,則製造方法(a1)中獲得之混合物、及製造方法(a1)、(a2)中獲得之組合物成為分散液。The (3) solvent used in the manufacturing methods (a1) and (a2) is preferably one that is difficult to dissolve the above-mentioned (1) semiconductor material. When such a solvent (3) is used, the mixture obtained by the production method (a1) and the composition obtained by the production methods (a1) and (a2) become a dispersion liquid.

於本實施形態之組合物包含(5)改質體群之情形時,作為組合物之製造方法,可為使用下述(5A)之製造方法(a3),亦可為使用下述(5A)之製造方法(a4)。 (5A):選自由矽氮烷、式(C1)所表示之化合物、式(C2)所表示之化合物、式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、式(A5-52)所表示之化合物、及矽酸鈉所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物When the composition of this embodiment contains (5) the modified group, the composition may be produced by using the production method (a3) of the following (5A), or by using the following (5A). Manufacturing method (a4). (5A): Selected from silazane, a compound represented by formula (C1), a compound represented by formula (C2), a compound represented by formula (A5-51), a compound represented by formula (A5-52), and one or more compounds in the group consisting of sodium silicate

於以下之說明中,將上述(5A)稱為「(5A)原料化合物」。藉由對(5A)原料化合物實施改質處理而成為(5)改質體群。In the following description, the above-mentioned (5A) is referred to as "(5A) raw material compound". The (5) modified body group is obtained by subjecting the (5A) raw material compound to a modification treatment.

製造方法(a3)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料與(3)溶劑加以混合;將所獲得之混合物與(2)表面修飾劑及(5A)原料化合物加以混合;及對所獲得之混合物實施改質處理。The manufacturing method (a3) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: mixing (1) a semiconductor material and (3) a solvent; and mixing the obtained mixture with (2) a surface modification agent and (5A) a raw material compound. ; and perform modification treatment on the obtained mixture.

製造方法(a4)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(5A)原料化合物加以混合;將所獲得之混合物與(3)溶劑加以混合;及對所獲得之混合物實施改質處理。The manufacturing method (a4) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: mixing (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent and (5A) a raw material compound; and mixing the obtained mixture with (3) a solvent. ; and perform modification treatment on the obtained mixture.

於(3)溶劑中可溶解或分散有(4-1)聚合物。The polymer (4-1) can be dissolved or dispersed in the solvent (3).

於上述製造方法包括之混合步驟中,就提高分散性之觀點而言,較佳為進行攪拌。In the mixing step included in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, stirring is preferred.

於上述製造方法包括之混合步驟中,溫度並無特別限制,就均勻地混合之觀點而言,較佳為0℃以上100℃以下之範圍,更佳為10℃以上80℃以下之範圍。In the mixing step included in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the temperature is not particularly limited. From the perspective of uniform mixing, the temperature is preferably in the range of 0°C or more and 100°C or less, and more preferably in the range of 10°C or more and 80°C or less.

就提高(1)半導體材料之分散性之觀點而言,組合物之製造方法較佳為製造方法(a1)或製造方法(a3)。From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of (1) the semiconductor material, the manufacturing method of the composition is preferably the manufacturing method (a1) or the manufacturing method (a3).

(實施改質處理方法) 作為改質處理之方法,可列舉:對(5A)原料化合物照射紫外線之方法、及使(5A)原料化合物與水蒸氣反應之方法等公知方法。於以下之說明中,有時將使(5A)原料化合物與水蒸氣反應之處理稱為「加濕處理」。(implementation of modification treatment method) Examples of the modification treatment method include known methods such as a method of irradiating the (5A) raw material compound with ultraviolet rays and a method of reacting the (5A) raw material compound with water vapor. In the following description, the treatment of reacting the raw material compound (5A) with water vapor may be called "humidification treatment".

其中,實施加濕處理就於(1)半導體材料之附近形成更牢固之保護區域之觀點而言較佳。Among them, it is preferable to implement humidification treatment from the viewpoint of (1) forming a stronger protection area near the semiconductor material.

照射紫外線之方法中使用之紫外線之波長通常為10~400 nm,較佳為10~350 nm,更佳為100~180 nm。作為產生紫外線之光源,例如可列舉:金屬鹵化物燈、高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、氙弧燈、碳弧燈、準分子燈、UV雷射光等。The wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the method of irradiating ultraviolet rays is usually 10 to 400 nm, preferably 10 to 350 nm, and more preferably 100 to 180 nm. Examples of light sources that generate ultraviolet rays include metal halide lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, xenon arc lamps, carbon arc lamps, excimer lamps, and UV laser light.

於實施加濕處理之情形時,例如可將組合物於後述溫度及濕度條件下靜置一段時間,亦可進行攪拌。When performing humidification treatment, for example, the composition may be allowed to stand for a period of time under the temperature and humidity conditions described below, or may be stirred.

加濕處理中之溫度只要為使改質充分地進行之溫度即可。加濕處理中之溫度例如較佳為5~150℃,更佳為10~100℃,進而較佳為15~80℃。The temperature during the humidification treatment only needs to be a temperature at which modification can be sufficiently carried out. The temperature in the humidification treatment is, for example, preferably 5 to 150°C, more preferably 10 to 100°C, further preferably 15 to 80°C.

加濕處理中之濕度只要為向組合物中之(5A)原料化合物供給充足水分之濕度即可。加濕處理中之濕度例如較佳為30%~100%,更佳為40%~95%,進而較佳為60%~90%。上述濕度意指進行加濕處理之溫度下之相對濕度。The humidity in the humidification treatment only needs to be a humidity that supplies sufficient moisture to the (5A) raw material compound in the composition. The humidity in the humidification treatment is, for example, preferably 30% to 100%, more preferably 40% to 95%, and further preferably 60% to 90%. The above-mentioned humidity means the relative humidity at the temperature at which humidification treatment is performed.

加濕處理所需之時間只要為供改質充分地進行之時間即可。加濕處理所需之時間例如較佳為10分鐘以上1週以下,更佳為1小時以上5天以下,進而較佳為2小時以上3天以下。The time required for the humidification treatment only needs to be sufficient for the modification to proceed. The time required for the humidification treatment is, for example, preferably from 10 minutes to 1 week, more preferably from 1 hour to 5 days, and still more preferably from 2 hours to 3 days.

就提高組合物所含之(5A)原料化合物之分散性之觀點而言,較佳為進行攪拌。From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the raw material compound (5A) contained in the composition, stirring is preferred.

加濕處理中之水之供給可藉由向反應容器中通入包含水蒸氣之氣體,亦可藉由在包含水蒸氣之氣氛中進行攪拌而自界面供給水分。The water in the humidification process can be supplied by passing a gas containing water vapor into the reaction container, or by stirring in an atmosphere containing water vapor to supply water from the interface.

於向反應容器中通入包含水蒸氣之氣體之情形時,為了提高所獲得之組合物之耐久性,包含水蒸氣之氣體流量較佳為0.01 L/分鐘以上100 L/分鐘以下,更佳為0.1 L/分鐘以上10 L/分鐘以下,進而較佳為0.15 L/分鐘以上5 L/分鐘以下。作為包含水蒸氣之氣體,例如可列舉包含飽和量之水蒸氣之氮氣。When gas containing water vapor is introduced into the reaction vessel, in order to improve the durability of the composition obtained, the flow rate of the gas containing water vapor is preferably 0.01 L/min or more and 100 L/min or less, more preferably 0.1 L/min or more and 10 L/min or less, and more preferably 0.15 L/min or more and 5 L/min or less. Examples of the gas containing water vapor include nitrogen gas containing a saturated amount of water vapor.

於(1)半導體材料為鈣鈦礦化合物之情形時,在本實施形態之組合物之製造方法中,(2)表面修飾劑、(3)溶劑及(5)改質體群可於上述(1)半導體材料之製造方法包括之任一步驟中進行混合。例如,可為下述製造方法(a5),亦可為下述製造方法(a6)。When (1) the semiconductor material is a perovskite compound, in the method for producing the composition of this embodiment, (2) the surface modifier, (3) the solvent, and (5) the modifier group may be in the above ( 1) The manufacturing method of semiconductor materials includes mixing in any step. For example, the following manufacturing method (a5) may be used, or the following manufacturing method (a6) may be used.

製造方法(a5)可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:使構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含B成分之化合物、包含X成分之化合物及包含A成分之化合物、(2)表面修飾劑、以及(5)改質體群溶解於第1溶劑而獲得溶液;及將所獲得之溶液與第2溶劑加以混合。 第1溶劑、第2溶劑係與上述溶劑相同。Examples of the production method (a5) include a production method including the following steps: a compound containing component B, a compound containing component X, and a compound containing component A, (2) a surface modification agent, and (5) The modified group is dissolved in the first solvent to obtain a solution; and the obtained solution is mixed with the second solvent. The first solvent and the second solvent are the same as the above solvents.

製造方法(a6)可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:使構成鈣鈦礦化合物之包含B成分之化合物、包含X成分之化合物及包含A成分之化合物、(2)表面修飾劑、以及(5)改質體群溶解於高溫之第3溶劑而獲得溶液;及將溶液加以冷卻。 第3溶劑係與上述溶劑相同。Examples of the production method (a6) include a production method including the following steps: a compound containing component B, a compound containing component X, and a compound containing component A, (2) a surface modification agent, and (5) The modified group is dissolved in a high-temperature third solvent to obtain a solution; and the solution is cooled. The third solvent is the same as the above solvent.

該等製造方法包括之各步驟之條件係與上文記述之(viii)之半導體材料之製造方法中之第一製造方法及第二製造方法中之條件相同。The conditions of each step included in these manufacturing methods are the same as the conditions in the first manufacturing method and the second manufacturing method in the manufacturing method of semiconductor material described in (viii) above.

(包含(4)聚合性化合物之液狀組合物之製造方法) 作為包含(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(4)聚合性化合物及(5)改質體群之組合物之製造方法,例如可列舉下述製造方法(c1)~(c3)。(Method for producing liquid composition containing (4) polymerizable compound) Examples of methods for producing a composition containing (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent, (4) a polymerizable compound, and (5) a modified group include the following production methods (c1) to (c3) .

製造方法(c1)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料分散於(4)聚合性化合物而獲得分散體;及將所獲得之分散體與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群加以混合。The manufacturing method (c1) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing (1) a semiconductor material in (4) a polymerizable compound to obtain a dispersion; and combining the obtained dispersion with (2) a surface modification agent and (5) The modified body groups are mixed.

製造方法(c2)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(2)表面修飾劑與(5)改質體群分散於(4)聚合性化合物而獲得分散體;及將所獲得之分散體與(1)半導體材料加以混合。The manufacturing method (c2) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing (2) a surface modifier and (5) a modifier group in (4) a polymerizable compound to obtain a dispersion; and combining the obtained dispersion with ( 1) Semiconductor materials are mixed.

製造方法(c3)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群之混合物分散於(4)聚合性化合物。The manufacturing method (c3) is a manufacturing method including the steps of dispersing a mixture of (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modifier, and (5) a modifier group in (4) a polymerizable compound.

於製造方法(c1)~(c3)中,就提高(1)半導體材料之分散性之觀點而言較佳為製造方法(c1)。Among the manufacturing methods (c1) to (c3), the manufacturing method (c1) is preferred from the viewpoint of improving (1) the dispersibility of the semiconductor material.

於製造方法(c1)~(c3)中,在獲得各分散體之步驟中,可將(4)聚合性化合物滴加至各材料中,亦可將各材料滴加至(4)聚合性化合物中。 為了易於均勻地分散,較佳為將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(5)改質體群之至少一者滴加至(4)聚合性化合物中。In the manufacturing methods (c1) to (c3), in the step of obtaining each dispersion, the (4) polymerizable compound may be added dropwise to each material, or each material may be added dropwise to the (4) polymerizable compound. middle. In order to facilitate uniform dispersion, it is preferred to dropwise add at least one of (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modifier, and (5) a modifier group into (4) a polymerizable compound.

於製造方法(c1)~(c3)中,在各混合步驟中,可將分散體滴加至各材料中,亦可將各材料滴加至分散體中。 為了易於均勻地分散,(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(5)改質體群之至少一者較佳為將滴加至分散體中。In the manufacturing methods (c1) to (c3), in each mixing step, the dispersion may be added dropwise to each material, or each material may be added dropwise to the dispersion. In order to facilitate uniform dispersion, at least one of (1) the semiconductor material, (2) the surface modifier, and (5) the modifier group is preferably added dropwise to the dispersion.

於(4)聚合性化合物中可溶解或分散有(3)溶劑與(4-1)聚合物之至少任一者。At least one of the solvent (3) and the polymer (4-1) can be dissolved or dispersed in the polymerizable compound (4).

使(4-1)聚合物溶解或分散之溶劑並無特別限定。作為溶劑,較佳為不易溶解(1)半導體材料者。 作為溶解(4-1)聚合物之溶劑,例如可列舉與上文記述之第3溶劑相同之溶劑。The solvent for dissolving or dispersing the polymer (4-1) is not particularly limited. The solvent is preferably one that does not easily dissolve (1) the semiconductor material. Examples of the solvent that dissolves the polymer (4-1) include the same solvents as the third solvent described above.

其中,第2溶劑之極性較低,認為不易溶解(1)半導體材料,故較佳。Among them, the second solvent has lower polarity and is less likely to dissolve (1) the semiconductor material, so it is preferable.

第2溶劑之中,更佳為鹵化烴、及烴。Among the second solvents, halogenated hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons are more preferred.

又,本實施形態之組合物之製造方法亦可為下述製造方法(c4),亦可為製造方法(c5)。Moreover, the manufacturing method of the composition of this embodiment may be the following manufacturing method (c4), or may be manufacturing method (c5).

製造方法(c4)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料分散於(3)溶劑而獲得分散液;於所獲得之分散液中混合(4)聚合性化合物而獲得混合液;及將所獲得之混合液與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群加以混合。The manufacturing method (c4) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: (1) a semiconductor material is dispersed in (3) a solvent to obtain a dispersion; and (4) a polymerizable compound is mixed in the obtained dispersion to obtain a mixture. liquid; and mix the obtained mixed liquid with (2) surface modifier and (5) modified body group.

製造方法(c5)係包括如下步驟之組合物之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料分散於(3)溶劑而獲得分散液;將所獲得之分散液與(2)表面修飾劑及(5A)原料化合物加以混合而獲得混合液;對所獲得之混合液實施改質處理而獲得包含(5)改質體群之混合液;及將所獲得之混合液與(3)聚合性化合物加以混合。The manufacturing method (c5) is a manufacturing method of a composition including the following steps: dispersing (1) a semiconductor material in (3) a solvent to obtain a dispersion; and combining the obtained dispersion with (2) a surface modification agent and (5A) The raw material compounds are mixed to obtain a mixed liquid; the obtained mixed liquid is modified to obtain a mixed liquid containing (5) the modified group; and the obtained mixed liquid is mixed with (3) the polymerizable compound.

於組合物之製造方法1中,在使用(6)其他表面修飾劑時,可與(2)表面修飾劑一起添加。In the production method 1 of the composition, when using (6) other surface modifiers, they can be added together with the (2) surface modifiers.

<<組合物之製造方法2>> 作為本實施形態之組合物之製造方法,可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(4)聚合性化合物及(5)改質體群加以混合;及使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。<<Production method of composition 2>> Examples of a method for producing the composition of the present embodiment include a method including the following steps: mixing (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modifier, (4) a polymerizable compound, and (5) a modified body group. ; and polymerize (4) the polymerizable compound.

於藉由組合物之製造方法2獲得之組合物中,相對於組合物之總質量,(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(4-1)聚合物、(5)改質體群之合計較佳為90質量%以上。In the composition obtained by the composition production method 2, (1) semiconductor material, (2) surface modifier, (4-1) polymer, (5) modified body relative to the total mass of the composition The total of the groups is preferably 90% by mass or more.

又,作為本實施形態之組合物之製造方法,亦可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、溶解於(3)溶劑之(4-1)聚合物、及(5)改質體群加以混合;及去除(3)溶劑。In addition, as a method for producing the composition of this embodiment, a method including (4-1) polymerization of (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent, and (3) a solvent can also be cited. The substances and (5) modified groups are mixed; and (3) the solvent is removed.

上述製造方法包括之混合步驟可採用與上文記述之組合物之製造方法1中揭示之方法相同之混合方法。The mixing step included in the above-mentioned manufacturing method can adopt the same mixing method as disclosed in the manufacturing method 1 of the composition described above.

作為組合物之製造方法,例如可列舉下述(d1)~(d6)之製造方法。Examples of methods for producing the composition include the following methods (d1) to (d6).

製造方法(d1)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料分散於(4)聚合性化合物而獲得分散體;將所獲得之分散體與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群加以混合;及使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。The manufacturing method (d1) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: (1) a semiconductor material is dispersed in (4) a polymerizable compound to obtain a dispersion; the obtained dispersion is mixed with (2) a surface modifier and (5) a modification agent. The plastid group is mixed; and (4) the polymerizable compound is polymerized.

製造方法(d2)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料分散於溶解有(4-1)聚合物之(3)溶劑而獲得分散體;將所獲得之分散體與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群加以混合;及去除溶劑。The manufacturing method (d2) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing (1) a semiconductor material in (3) a solvent in which a polymer (4-1) is dissolved to obtain a dispersion; and combining the obtained dispersion with (2) The surface modifier and (5) modifier group are mixed; and the solvent is removed.

製造方法(d3)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(2)表面修飾劑與(5)改質體群分散於(4)聚合性化合物而獲得分散體;及將所獲得之分散體與(1)半導體材料加以混合;及使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。The manufacturing method (d3) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing (2) a surface modifier and (5) a modifier group in (4) a polymerizable compound to obtain a dispersion; and combining the obtained dispersion with ( 1) mixing the semiconductor material; and polymerizing (4) the polymerizable compound.

製造方法(d4)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(2)表面修飾劑與(5)改質體群分散於溶解有(4-1)聚合物之(3)溶劑而獲得分散體;將所獲得之分散體與(1)半導體材料加以混合;及去除溶劑。The manufacturing method (d4) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing (2) a surface modifier and (5) a modifier group in (3) a solvent in which (4-1) polymer is dissolved to obtain a dispersion; The obtained dispersion is mixed with (1) the semiconductor material; and the solvent is removed.

製造方法(d5)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群之混合物分散於(4)聚合性化合物;及使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。The manufacturing method (d5) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing a mixture of (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modifier, and (5) a modifier group in (4) a polymerizable compound; and (4) The polymerizable compound polymerizes.

製造方法(d6)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:使(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群之混合物分散於溶解有(4-1)聚合物之(3)溶劑;及去除溶劑。The manufacturing method (d6) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: dispersing a mixture of (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modifier, and (5) a modifier group in (3) in which (4-1) polymer is dissolved ) solvent; and removing the solvent.

製造方法(d2)、(d4)及(d6)中包括之去除(3)溶劑之步驟可為於室溫下靜置使其自然乾燥之步驟,亦可為使用真空乾燥機之減壓乾燥,亦可為藉由加熱使(3)溶劑蒸發之步驟。The step of removing the solvent (3) included in the manufacturing methods (d2), (d4) and (d6) can be a step of letting it stand at room temperature to dry naturally, or it can also be drying under reduced pressure using a vacuum dryer. It may also be a step of evaporating (3) the solvent by heating.

關於去除(3)溶劑之步驟,例如可藉由在0℃以上300℃以下乾燥1分鐘以上7天以下而去除(3)溶劑。Regarding the step of removing (3) the solvent, for example, the solvent (3) can be removed by drying at a temperature of 0° C. or more and 300° C. or less for 1 minute or more and 7 days or less.

製造方法(d1)、(d3)及(d5)中包括之使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合之步驟可藉由適當利用自由基聚合等公知之聚合反應而進行。The step of polymerizing the polymerizable compound (4) included in the production methods (d1), (d3) and (d5) can be performed by appropriately utilizing a known polymerization reaction such as radical polymerization.

例如於自由基聚合之情形時,於(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(4)聚合性化合物及(5)改質體群之混合物中添加自由基聚合起始劑,產生自由基,藉此可引發聚合反應。For example, in the case of free radical polymerization, a free radical polymerization initiator is added to a mixture of (1) semiconductor material, (2) surface modification agent, (4) polymerizable compound, and (5) modifier group to generate free radical polymerization. group, thereby initiating the polymerization reaction.

自由基聚合起始劑並無特別限定,例如可列舉光自由基聚合起始劑等。The radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include photo radical polymerization initiators.

作為上述光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可列舉雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦等。Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide.

於組合物之製造方法2中,在使用(6)其他表面修飾劑時,可與(2)表面修飾劑一起添加。In the production method 2 of the composition, when using (6) other surface modifiers, they can be added together with the (2) surface modifiers.

<<組合物之製造方法3>> 又,本實施形態之組合物之製造方法亦可採用下述(d7)之製造方法。<<Production method of composition 3>> Moreover, the manufacturing method of the composition of this embodiment can also adopt the manufacturing method of the following (d7).

製造方法(d7)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(4-1)聚合物進行溶融混練。The manufacturing method (d7) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: melting and kneading (1) semiconductor material, (2) surface modification agent and (4-1) polymer.

製造方法(d8)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:將(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(4-1)聚合物及(5A)原料化合物進行溶融混練;及於(4-1)聚合物溶融之狀態下實施改質處理。The manufacturing method (d8) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: melting and kneading (1) semiconductor material, (2) surface modification agent, (4-1) polymer and (5A) raw material compound; and (4-1) ) Modification treatment is carried out while the polymer is in a molten state.

製造方法(d9)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:製造包含(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之液狀組合物;自所獲得之液狀組合物中提取固形物成分;及將所獲得之固形物成分與(4-1)聚合物進行溶融混練。The manufacturing method (d9) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: manufacturing a liquid composition containing (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modification agent; extracting a solid component from the obtained liquid composition; and The obtained solid component is melt-kneaded with the polymer (4-1).

製造方法(d10)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:製造包含(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(5)改質體群之液狀組合物;自所獲得之液狀組合物中提取固形物成分;及將所獲得之固形物成分與(4-1)聚合物進行溶融混練。The manufacturing method (d10) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: manufacturing a liquid composition containing (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent, and (5) a modifier group; Extract the solid content; and melt and knead the obtained solid content with the polymer (4-1).

製造方法(d11)係包括如下步驟之製造方法:製造包含(1)半導體材料與(2)表面修飾劑之液狀組合物;自所獲得之液狀組合物中提取固形物成分;及將所獲得之固形物成分、(5)改質體群及(4-1)聚合物進行溶融混練。The manufacturing method (d11) is a manufacturing method including the following steps: manufacturing a liquid composition containing (1) a semiconductor material and (2) a surface modification agent; extracting a solid component from the obtained liquid composition; and The obtained solid component, (5) modified body group and (4-1) polymer are melted and kneaded.

於製造方法(d7)~(d11)之溶融混練步驟中,可對(4-1)聚合物與其他材料之混合物進行溶融混練,亦可於溶融之(4-1)聚合物中添加其他材料。所謂「其他材料」係指(4-1)聚合物以外之各製造方法中使用之材料,具體地指(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑、(5A)原料化合物及(5)改質體群。In the melting and kneading steps of the manufacturing methods (d7) to (d11), the mixture of the (4-1) polymer and other materials can be melted and kneaded, and other materials can also be added to the molten (4-1) polymer. . The so-called "other materials" refer to materials used in various manufacturing methods other than (4-1) polymers, specifically (1) semiconductor materials, (2) surface modifiers, (5A) raw material compounds and (5) modifications. Plastid group.

製造方法(d11)之溶融混練步驟中添加之(5)改質體群係藉由對(5A)原料化合物進行改質處理而獲得。The (5) modified body group added in the melting and kneading step of the manufacturing method (d11) is obtained by modifying the (5A) raw material compound.

作為製造方法(d7)~(d11)中對(4-1)聚合物進行溶融混練之方法,可採用作為聚合物之混練方法所公知之方法。例如可採用使用單軸擠出機或雙軸擠出機之擠出加工。As a method of melt-kneading the polymer (4-1) in the production methods (d7) to (d11), a method known as a kneading method of polymers can be used. For example, extrusion processing using a single-screw extruder or a twin-screw extruder can be used.

製造方法(d8)之實施改質處理之步驟可採用上文記述之方法。The method described above can be used in the step of performing the modification treatment in the manufacturing method (d8).

製造方法(d9)及(d11)之製造液狀組合物之步驟可採用上文記述之製造方法(a1)或(a2)。The step of manufacturing the liquid composition in the manufacturing methods (d9) and (d11) can adopt the manufacturing method (a1) or (a2) described above.

製造方法(d10)之製造液狀組合物之步驟可採用上文記述之製造方法(a3)或(a4)。The step of manufacturing the liquid composition in the manufacturing method (d10) can adopt the manufacturing method (a3) or (a4) described above.

製造方法(d9)~(d11)之提取固形物成分之步驟可藉由利用例如加熱、減壓、送風及該等之組合方法自液狀組合物去除構成液狀組合物之(3)溶劑及(4)聚合性化合物而進行。The step of extracting the solid content of the manufacturing methods (d9) to (d11) can be accomplished by removing (3) the solvent constituting the liquid composition from the liquid composition by using methods such as heating, reduced pressure, air blowing, and combinations thereof. (4) polymerizable compound.

於組合物之製造方法3中,在使用(6)其他表面修飾劑時,可與(2)表面修飾劑一起添加。In the composition manufacturing method 3, when using (6) other surface modifiers, they can be added together with the (2) surface modifiers.

≪鈣鈦礦化合物之測定≫ 本實施形態之組合物所含之鈣鈦礦化合物之量可使用感應耦合電漿質譜儀ICP-MS(例如PerkinElmer公司製造之ELAN DRCII)及離子層析儀(例如Thermo Fisher Scientific股份有限公司製造之Integrion)進行測定。 使用N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等良溶劑溶解鈣鈦礦化合物後進行測定。 ≪(5)改質體群所含之Si元素之濃度測定≫ 本實施形態之組合物所含之(5)改質體群中含有之Si元素之濃度(μg/g)係使用感應耦合電漿質譜儀ICP-MS(例如PerkinElmer公司製造之ELAN DRCII)進行測定。 各測定係使用N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等良溶劑與(5)改質體群之溶液進行。≪Measurement of perovskite compounds≫ The amount of the perovskite compound contained in the composition of this embodiment can be determined by using an inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer ICP-MS (for example, ELAN DRCII manufactured by PerkinElmer) and an ion chromatograph (such as Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. Integrion) was measured. Use a good solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide to dissolve the perovskite compound and perform the measurement. ≪(5)Measurement of the concentration of Si element contained in the modified body group≫ The concentration (μg/g) of the Si element contained in (5) the modifier group contained in the composition of this embodiment is measured using an inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer ICP-MS (for example, ELAN DRCII manufactured by PerkinElmer). . Each measurement is performed using a solution of a good solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide and the modified group (5).

≪發射光譜之測定≫ 本實施形態之組合物之發射光譜係使用絕對PL量子產率測定裝置(例如濱松光子股份有限公司製造之C9920-02),於激發光450 nm、室溫、大氣下進行測定。≪Measurement of Emission Spectrum≫ The emission spectrum of the composition of this embodiment was measured using an absolute PL quantum yield measuring device (for example, C9920-02 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics Co., Ltd.) with excitation light of 450 nm, room temperature, and atmosphere.

≪量子產率之測定≫ 本實施形態之組合物之量子產率係使用絕對PL量子產率測定裝置(例如濱松光子股份有限公司製造之C9920-02),於激發光450 nm、室溫、大氣下進行測定。≪Measurement of quantum yield≫ The quantum yield of the composition of this embodiment is measured using an absolute PL quantum yield measuring device (for example, C9920-02 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics Co., Ltd.) with excitation light of 450 nm, room temperature, and atmosphere.

≪耐熱性之評估≫ 將本實施形態之組合物於加熱板上在260℃下加熱2分鐘,測定加熱前後之量子產率,使用下述式評估維持率。 維持率(%)=耐熱性試驗後之量子產率÷耐熱性試驗前之量子產率×100≪Evaluation of heat resistance≫ The composition of this embodiment was heated on a hot plate at 260° C. for 2 minutes, the quantum yield before and after heating was measured, and the maintenance rate was evaluated using the following formula. Maintenance rate (%) = quantum yield after heat resistance test ÷ quantum yield before heat resistance test × 100

於上述各測定方法中,實施形態之組合物之維持率可為20%以上,亦可為40%以上,亦可為60%以上,亦可為80%以上,亦可為85%以上。就組合物之耐熱性之作用較高而言,維持率宜較高。In each of the above measurement methods, the maintenance rate of the composition according to the embodiment may be 20% or more, 40% or more, 60% or more, 80% or more, or 85% or more. To the extent that the effect of heat resistance of the composition is high, the maintenance rate should be high.

<<薄膜>> 本實施形態之薄膜係以上述組合物作為形成材料。例如,本實施形態之薄膜包含(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(4-1)聚合物,且相對於薄膜之總質量,(1)半導體材料、(2)表面修飾劑及(4-1)聚合物之合計為90質量%以上。<<Film>> The film of this embodiment uses the above composition as a forming material. For example, the film of this embodiment contains (1) a semiconductor material, (2) a surface modification agent, and (4-1) a polymer, and relative to the total mass of the film, (1) the semiconductor material, (2) the surface modification agent, and (4-1) The total amount of polymers is 90% by mass or more.

薄膜形狀並無特別限定,可為片狀、棒狀等任意形狀。於本說明書中,所謂「棒狀之形狀」,意指例如沿一方向延伸之於俯視下呈帶狀之形狀。作為於俯視下呈帶狀之形狀,可例示各邊長度不同之板狀之形狀。The shape of the film is not particularly limited and may be any shape such as sheet shape or rod shape. In this specification, the so-called "rod-like shape" means, for example, a strip-like shape extending in one direction when viewed from above. As a strip-like shape in a plan view, a plate-like shape with each side having different lengths can be exemplified.

薄膜之厚度可為0.01 μm~1000 mm,亦可為0.1 μm~10 mm,亦可為1 μm~1 mm。The thickness of the film can be 0.01 μm ~ 1000 mm, 0.1 μm ~ 10 mm, or 1 μm ~ 1 mm.

於本說明書中,上述薄膜之厚度係指於將薄膜之長度、寬度、高度之中值最小之邊設為「厚度方向」時,薄膜之厚度方向之正面與反面之間的距離。具體而言,使用測微計,於薄膜之任意3點測定薄膜之厚度,取3點之測定值之平均值作為薄膜之厚度。In this specification, the thickness of the above-mentioned film refers to the distance between the front and back sides of the film in the thickness direction when the side with the smallest median value among the length, width, and height of the film is taken as the "thickness direction." Specifically, use a micrometer to measure the thickness of the film at any three points on the film, and take the average of the measured values at the three points as the thickness of the film.

薄膜可為單層,亦可為複數層。於複數層之情形時,各層可使用同一種類之組合物,亦可使用互不相同種類之組合物。The film can be a single layer or multiple layers. In the case of multiple layers, the same type of composition may be used for each layer, or different types of compositions may be used.

<<積層結構體>> 本實施形態之積層結構體具有複數層,且至少一層為上述薄膜。<<Laminated structure>> The laminated structure of this embodiment has a plurality of layers, and at least one layer is the above-described film.

於積層結構體所具有之複數層之中,作為上述薄膜以外之層,可列舉:基板、障壁層、光散射層等任意層。 積層之薄膜之形狀並無特別限定,可為片狀、棒狀等任意形狀。Among the plurality of layers included in the laminated structure, examples of layers other than the above-mentioned thin film include arbitrary layers such as a substrate, a barrier layer, and a light scattering layer. The shape of the laminated film is not particularly limited and may be any shape such as sheet shape or rod shape.

(基板) 基板並無特別限制,可為薄膜。基板較佳為具備透光性者。於具有具備透光性之基板之積層結構體中,易對(1)半導體材料所發出之光進行提取,故較佳。(Substrate) The substrate is not particularly limited and may be a film. The substrate is preferably translucent. A multilayer structure having a light-transmissive substrate is preferred because (1) light emitted by the semiconductor material can be easily extracted.

作為基板之形成材料,可使用例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚合物或玻璃等公知材料。 例如,於積層結構體中,可將上述薄膜設置於基板上。As a material for forming the substrate, known materials such as polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate or glass can be used. For example, in a laminated structure, the thin film described above can be provided on a substrate.

圖1係模式性地表示本實施形態之積層結構體之構成之剖視圖。第一積層結構體1a係於第一基板20及第二基板21之間設置有本實施形態之薄膜10。薄膜10係藉由密封層22加以密封。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of the laminated structure of this embodiment. The first laminated structure 1 a has the film 10 of this embodiment provided between the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 21 . The film 10 is sealed by a sealing layer 22 .

本發明之一形態關於積層結構體1a,其特徵在於:其係具有第一基板20、第二基板21、位於第一基板20與第二基板21之間之本實施形態之薄膜10、及密封層22者,且密封層22係配置於薄膜10之不與第一基板20及第二基板21接觸之面上。One aspect of the present invention is a laminated structure 1a, which is characterized in that it has a first substrate 20, a second substrate 21, the film 10 of this embodiment between the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 21, and a seal. The sealing layer 22 is disposed on the surface of the film 10 that is not in contact with the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 21 .

(障壁層) 作為本實施形態之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉障壁層。就保護上述組合物免受外部氣體之水蒸氣及大氣中空氣之侵蝕之觀點而言,可包含障壁層。(barrier layer) The layers that the laminated structure of this embodiment can have are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include barrier layers. From the viewpoint of protecting the above composition from erosion by water vapor of external gases and air in the atmosphere, a barrier layer may be included.

障壁層並無特別限制,就所發出之光之提取之觀點而言,較佳為透明者。作為障壁層,可使用例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚合物、或玻璃膜等公知之障壁層。The barrier layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of extraction of emitted light, it is preferably transparent. As the barrier layer, known barrier layers such as polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate or glass films can be used.

(光散射層) 作為本實施形態之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉光散射層。就有效地利用入射光之觀點而言,可包含光散射層。 光散射層並無特別限制,就所發出之光之提取之觀點而言,較佳為透明者。作為光散射層,可使用二氧化矽粒子等光散射粒子、或放大擴散薄膜等公知之光散射層。(light scattering layer) There are no particular limitations on the layers that the laminated structure of the present embodiment may have, and examples thereof include a light scattering layer. From the viewpoint of effectively utilizing incident light, a light scattering layer may be included. The light scattering layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of extraction of emitted light, it is preferably transparent. As the light scattering layer, known light scattering layers such as light scattering particles such as silica particles or amplifying diffusion films can be used.

<<發光裝置>> 本實施形態之發光裝置可藉由將本實施形態之薄膜或積層結構體與光源進行組合而獲得。發光裝置係將自光源發出之光照射至設置於光源之光射出方向上之薄膜或積層結構體,藉此使薄膜或積層結構體發光,並提取光之裝置。<<Light-emitting device>> The light-emitting device of this embodiment can be obtained by combining the film or laminated structure of this embodiment and a light source. A light-emitting device is a device that irradiates light emitted from a light source onto a film or laminated structure disposed in the light emission direction of the light source, thereby causing the film or laminated structure to emit light and extracting light.

發光裝置中之積層結構體所具有之複數層之中,作為上述薄膜、基板、障壁層、光散射層以外之層,可列舉:光反射構件、亮度強化部、角柱薄片、導光板、元件間之介質材料層等任意層。Among the plurality of layers included in the laminated structure in the light-emitting device, examples of layers other than the above-mentioned film, substrate, barrier layer, and light scattering layer include: light reflective members, brightness enhancement parts, corner prism sheets, light guide plates, and inter-element layers. Any layer such as the dielectric material layer.

本發明之一形態關於發光裝置2,其係由角柱薄片50、導光板60、第一積層結構體1a、及光源30依序積層而成。One aspect of the present invention relates to a light-emitting device 2, which is composed of a corner prism sheet 50, a light guide plate 60, a first laminated structure 1a, and a light source 30 laminated in this order.

(光源) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之光源,使用射出(1)半導體材料之吸收波段中包含之光之光源。就使上述薄膜或積層結構體中之半導體材料發光之觀點而言,較佳為具有600 nm以下之發光波長之光源。作為光源,可使用例如藍色發光二極體等發光二極體(LED)、雷射、EL等公知光源。(light source) As the light source constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment, a light source that emits (1) light included in the absorption wavelength band of the semiconductor material is used. From the viewpoint of causing the semiconductor material in the thin film or laminated structure to emit light, a light source having a light emission wavelength of 600 nm or less is preferred. As the light source, known light sources such as light-emitting diodes (LEDs) such as blue light-emitting diodes, lasers, and EL can be used.

(光反射構件) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉光反射構件。具有光反射構件之發光裝置可有效率地向薄膜或積層結構體照射光源之光。(Light reflective member) The layers that can be included in the laminated structure constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include light-reflecting members. A light-emitting device having a light-reflecting member can efficiently irradiate light from a light source to a thin film or a laminated structure.

光反射構件並無特別限制,可為反射薄膜。作為反射薄膜,可使用例如反射鏡、反射粒子之薄膜、反射金屬薄膜或反射體等公知之反射薄膜。The light reflective member is not particularly limited and may be a reflective film. As the reflective film, known reflective films such as reflective mirrors, reflective particle films, reflective metal films, or reflectors can be used.

(亮度強化部) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉亮度強化部。就使光之一部分反射回光傳輸方向之觀點而言,可包含亮度強化部。(brightness enhancement part) The layers that can be included in the laminated structure constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a brightness enhancement portion. From the viewpoint of reflecting part of the light back to the light transmission direction, a brightness enhancement part may be included.

(角柱薄片) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉角柱薄片。角柱薄片代表性地具有基材部與角柱部。再者,根據不同之鄰接構件,亦可而省略基材部。(corner prism slices) The layers that can be included in the laminated structure constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include corner prism sheets. The corner prism sheet typically has a base material part and a corner prism part. Furthermore, depending on different adjacent components, the base material portion may be omitted.

角柱薄片可經由任意適宜之接著層(例如,接著劑層、黏著劑層)貼合於鄰接構件。The corner prism sheet can be bonded to the adjacent components through any suitable bonding layer (eg, adhesive layer, adhesive layer).

於將發光裝置用於後述顯示器之情形時,角柱薄片係由向與視認側相反一側(背面側)凸出之複數個角柱單元並列地構成。藉由將角柱薄片之凸部朝向背面側地配置,易對透過角柱薄片之光進行聚光。又,若將角柱薄片之凸部朝向背面側地配置,與將凸部朝向視認側地配置之情形相比,未入射至角柱薄片而反射之光較少,可獲得亮度較高之顯示器。When the light-emitting device is used in a display described below, the corner prism sheet is composed of a plurality of corner prism units protruding toward the side opposite to the viewing side (rear side). By arranging the convex portion of the corner prism sheet toward the back side, the light passing through the corner prism sheet can be easily condensed. Furthermore, if the convex portions of the corner prism sheets are arranged toward the back side, compared with the case where the convex portions are arranged toward the viewing side, less light is reflected without being incident on the corner prism sheets, and a display with higher brightness can be obtained.

(導光板) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉導光板。作為導光板,例如,可於背面側使用經形成為透鏡圖案之導光板、於背面側與視認側之任一側或兩側使用經形成為角柱形狀等之導光板等任意適宜之導光板,以使來自橫方向之光能夠偏向至厚度方向。(light guide plate) The layers that can be included in the laminated structure constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a light guide plate. As the light guide plate, for example, a light guide plate formed in a lens pattern can be used on the back side, a light guide plate formed in a corner prism shape, etc. can be used on either or both sides of the back side and the viewing side. Any suitable light guide plate can be used. So that the light from the lateral direction can be deflected to the thickness direction.

(元件間之介質材料層) 作為構成本實施形態之發光裝置之積層結構體可具有之層,並無特別限制,可列舉鄰接元件(層)間之光路上的包含1種以上之介質材料之層(元件間之介質材料層)。(Dielectric material layer between components) The layers that can be included in the laminated structure constituting the light-emitting device of this embodiment are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include layers containing one or more dielectric materials on the optical path between adjacent elements (layers) (dielectric material layer between elements). ).

元件間之介質材料層所含之1種以上之介質並無特別限制,包括真空、空氣、氣體、光學材料、接著劑、光學接著劑、玻璃、聚合物、固體、液體、凝膠、硬化材料、光學結合材料、折射率匹配或折射率失配材料、折射率梯度材料、包覆或抗包覆材料、間隔片、二氧化矽凝膠、亮度強化材料、散射或擴散材料、反射或抗反射材料、波長選擇性材料、波長選擇性抗反射材料、濾色器、或上述技術領域中已知之適宜之介質。There is no particular limitation on the medium contained in the dielectric material layer between components, including vacuum, air, gas, optical materials, adhesives, optical adhesives, glass, polymers, solids, liquids, gels, and hardened materials. , optical bonding materials, refractive index matching or refractive index mismatching materials, refractive index gradient materials, coating or anti-coating materials, spacers, silica gel, brightness enhancement materials, scattering or diffusion materials, reflection or anti-reflection materials, wavelength-selective materials, wavelength-selective anti-reflective materials, color filters, or suitable media known in the above technical fields.

作為本實施形態之發光裝置之具體例,例如可列舉EL顯示器或液晶顯示器用之具備波長轉換材料者。 具體而言,可列舉以下之(E1)~(E4)之各構成。Specific examples of the light-emitting device according to this embodiment include a wavelength converting material for an EL display or a liquid crystal display. Specifically, each of the following structures (E1) to (E4) can be cited.

構成(E1):將本實施形態之組合物裝入至玻璃管等中加以密封,將其以沿著導光板之端面(側面)之方式配置於作為光源之藍色發光二極體與導光板之間,將藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源(側管封裝(On-Edge)方式之背光源)。Structure (E1): The composition of this embodiment is put into a glass tube or the like, sealed, and arranged on the blue light-emitting diode as the light source and the light guide plate along the end surface (side surface) of the light guide plate. Between them, the blue light is converted into a green or red light backlight (on-edge backlight).

構成(E2):將本實施形態之組合物進行片化,夾持於2片障壁薄膜之間並加以密封而製成薄膜,將該薄膜設置於導光板之上,將自位於導光板之端面(側面)之藍色發光二極體通過導光板向上述片材照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源(表面封裝方式之背光源)。Structure (E2): The composition of this embodiment is formed into sheets, sandwiched between two barrier films and sealed to form a thin film. The thin film is placed on a light guide plate and is separated from the end surface of the light guide plate. The blue light emitting diode (side) irradiates the above-mentioned sheet through the light guide plate and converts it into a green light or red light backlight (surface packaging backlight).

構成(E3):使本實施形態之組合物分散於樹脂等中,設置於藍色發光二極體之發光部附近,將所照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源(晶片封裝(On-Chip)方式之背光源)。Structure (E3): A backlight (chip package) in which the composition of the present embodiment is dispersed in resin or the like, placed near the light-emitting part of a blue light-emitting diode, and converts the irradiated blue light into green light or red light. (On-Chip) mode backlight).

構成(E4):使本實施形態之組合物分散於阻劑中,設置於彩色濾光片上,將自光源照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源。Structure (E4): The composition of this embodiment is dispersed in a resist, placed on a color filter, and converted into a backlight source that converts blue light irradiated from a light source into green light or red light.

又,作為本實施形態之發光裝置之具體例,可列舉:將本實施形態之組合物進行成形,配置於作為光源之藍色發光二極體之後段,將藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光而發出白色光之照明。Furthermore, as a specific example of the light-emitting device of this embodiment, the composition of this embodiment is molded, placed after a blue light-emitting diode as a light source, and the blue light is converted into green light or red light. And emit white light illumination.

<<顯示器>> 如圖2所示,本實施形態之顯示器3自視認側起依序具備液晶面板40與上述發光裝置2。發光裝置2具備第二積層結構體1b與光源30。第二積層結構體1b係於上述第一積層結構體1a之基礎上進而具備角柱薄片50與導光板60者。顯示器亦可進而具備任意適宜之其他構件。<<Display>> As shown in FIG. 2 , the display 3 of this embodiment includes a liquid crystal panel 40 and the above-mentioned light-emitting device 2 in order from the viewing side. The light-emitting device 2 includes the second multilayer structure 1 b and the light source 30 . The second laminated structure 1 b is based on the above-described first laminated structure 1 a and further includes the corner prism sheet 50 and the light guide plate 60 . The display may further be provided with any suitable other components.

本發明之一形態關於液晶顯示器3,其係由液晶面板40、角柱薄片50、導光板60、第一積層結構體1a、及光源30依序積層而成。One aspect of the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display 3, which is composed of a liquid crystal panel 40, a prism sheet 50, a light guide plate 60, a first laminated structure 1a, and a light source 30 laminated in this order.

(液晶面板) 上述液晶面板代表性地具備液晶單元、配置於液晶單元之視認側之視認側偏光板、及配置於液晶單元之背面側之背面側偏光板。視認側偏光板及背面側偏光板可以使各自之吸收軸實質上正交或平行之方式配置。(LCD panel) The above-mentioned liquid crystal panel typically includes a liquid crystal cell, a viewing side polarizing plate disposed on the viewing side of the liquid crystal cell, and a back side polarizing plate disposed on the back side of the liquid crystal cell. The viewing side polarizing plate and the back side polarizing plate can be arranged so that their respective absorption axes are substantially orthogonal or parallel.

(液晶單元) 液晶單元具有一對基板、與夾持於一對基板間之作為顯示介質之液晶層。於一般之構成中,於一基板上設置有彩色濾光片及黑矩陣,於另一基板上設置有控制液晶之電光學特性之開關元件、向該開關元件提供閘極信號之掃描線及提供源極信號之信號線、以及像素電極及對向電極。上述基板之間隔(單元間隙)可藉由間隔片等進行控制。可於上述基板之與液晶層接觸一側設置例如包含聚醯亞胺之配向膜等。(LCD unit) The liquid crystal cell has a pair of substrates and a liquid crystal layer as a display medium sandwiched between the pair of substrates. In a general configuration, a color filter and a black matrix are provided on one substrate, a switching element that controls the electro-optical properties of the liquid crystal, a scanning line that provides a gate signal to the switching element and a scanning line that controls the electro-optical properties of the liquid crystal are provided on the other substrate. The signal line of the source signal, as well as the pixel electrode and the counter electrode. The distance between the substrates (cell gap) can be controlled by spacers or the like. An alignment film, for example, including polyimide, can be disposed on the side of the substrate that is in contact with the liquid crystal layer.

(偏光板) 偏光板代表性地具有偏光元件、與配置於偏光元件之兩側之保護層。偏光元件代表性而言為吸收型偏光元件。 作為偏光元件,可使用任意適宜之偏光元件。例如可列舉:使聚乙烯醇系薄膜、部分縮甲醛化聚乙烯醇系薄膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物系部分皂化薄膜等親水性高分子薄膜吸附碘或二色性染料等二色性物質並經單軸延伸而成者;聚乙烯醇之脫水處理物或聚氯乙烯之脫鹽酸處理物等多烯系配向薄膜等。該等之中,使聚乙烯醇系薄膜吸附碘等二色性物質並經單軸延伸而成之偏光元件其偏光二色比較高而尤佳。(Polarizing plate) The polarizing plate typically has a polarizing element and protective layers arranged on both sides of the polarizing element. The polarizing element is typically an absorption-type polarizing element. As the polarizing element, any suitable polarizing element can be used. Examples include adsorbing dichroic substances such as iodine or dichroic dyes on hydrophilic polymer films such as polyvinyl alcohol-based films, partially formalized polyvinyl alcohol-based films, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer-based partially saponified films. And formed by uniaxial stretching; polyene-based alignment films such as dehydrated polyvinyl alcohol or dehydrochloric acid-treated polyvinyl chloride. Among them, a polarizing element formed by adsorbing dichroic substances such as iodine and uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol-based film is particularly preferred because of its high polarization dichroism ratio.

<<組合物之用途>> 作為本實施形態之組合物之用途,可列舉如下所述之用途。<<Use of composition>> Examples of uses of the composition of this embodiment include the following uses.

<LED> 本實施形態之組合物例如可用作發光二極體(LED)之發光層之材料。<LED> The composition of this embodiment can be used, for example, as a material for the light-emitting layer of a light-emitting diode (LED).

作為包含本實施形態之組合物之LED,例如可列舉以下方式:設為將本實施形態之組合物與ZnS等導電性粒子加以混合並積層成膜狀,並於一面積層n型傳輸層、於另一面積層p型傳輸層之結構,藉由接通電流而p型半導體之電洞與n型半導體之電子於接合面之組合物所含之(1)及(2)之粒子中抵消電荷,藉此發光。An example of an LED containing the composition of this embodiment is as follows: the composition of this embodiment and conductive particles such as ZnS are mixed and laminated to form a film, and an n-type transmission layer is layered on one surface and The structure of the p-type transport layer on the other side is that by turning on the current, the holes in the p-type semiconductor and the electrons in the n-type semiconductor cancel the charges in the particles (1) and (2) contained in the composition of the joint surface. Let this shine.

<太陽電池> 本實施形態之組合物可用作太陽電池之活性層所含之電子傳輸性材料。<Solar battery> The composition of this embodiment can be used as an electron transport material contained in the active layer of a solar cell.

作為上述太陽電池,構成並無特別限定,例如可列舉依序具有摻氟氧化錫(FTO)基板、氧化鈦緻密層、多孔質氧化鋁層、包含本實施形態之組合物之活性層、2,2',7,7'-四(N,N'-二對甲氧基苯基胺)-9,9'-螺二茀(Spiro-MeOTAD)等電洞傳輸層、及銀(Ag)電極之太陽電池。The structure of the solar cell is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) substrate, a titanium oxide dense layer, a porous aluminum oxide layer, and an active layer including the composition of the present embodiment in this order. 2. 2',7,7'-Tetra(N,N'-di-methoxyphenylamine)-9,9'-Spiro-MeOTAD and other hole transport layers and silver (Ag) electrodes of solar cells.

氧化鈦緻密層具有電子傳輸之功能、抑制FTO之粗糙度之效果、及抑制逆電子轉移之功能。The dense layer of titanium oxide has the function of electron transmission, the effect of suppressing the roughness of FTO, and the function of suppressing reverse electron transfer.

多孔質氧化鋁層具有提高光吸收效率之功能。The porous alumina layer has the function of improving light absorption efficiency.

活性層所含之本實施形態之組合物具有電荷分離及電子傳輸之功能。The composition of this embodiment contained in the active layer has the functions of charge separation and electron transport.

<感測器> 本實施形態之組合物可用作X射線攝像裝置及CMOS影像感測器等固體攝像裝置用之影像檢測部(影像感測器)、指紋檢測部、面部檢測部、靜脈檢測部及虹膜檢測部等對生物體一部分特定特徵進行檢測之檢測部、脈搏血氧定量計等光學生物感測器之檢測部中使用包含之光電轉換元件(光檢測元件)材料。<Sensor> The composition of this embodiment can be used as an image detection unit (image sensor), a fingerprint detection unit, a face detection unit, a vein detection unit, and an iris detection unit for solid-state imaging devices such as X-ray imaging devices and CMOS image sensors. Photoelectric conversion element (light detection element) materials are used in the detection parts of optical biosensors such as pulse oximeters and other optical biosensors that detect specific characteristics of a part of a living body.

<<薄膜之製造方法>> 作為薄膜之製造方法,例如可列舉下述(e1)~(e3)之製造方法。<<Thin film manufacturing method>> Examples of the thin film manufacturing method include the following manufacturing methods (e1) to (e3).

製造方法(e1)係包括如下步驟之薄膜之製造方法:塗敷液狀組合物而獲得塗膜;及自塗膜去除(3)溶劑。The manufacturing method (e1) is a thin film manufacturing method including the following steps: applying a liquid composition to obtain a coating film; and removing (3) the solvent from the coating film.

製造方法(e2)係包括如下步驟之薄膜之製造方法:塗敷包含(4)聚合性化合物之液狀組合物而獲得塗膜;及使所獲得之塗膜中包含之(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。The production method (e2) is a method for producing a film including the following steps: applying a liquid composition containing (4) a polymerizable compound to obtain a coating film; and making the obtained coating film contain the (4) polymerizable compound. Perform aggregation.

製造方法(e3)係包括如下步驟之薄膜之製造方法:對藉由上文記述之製造方法(d1)~(d6)所獲得之組合物進行成形加工。The manufacturing method (e3) is a manufacturing method of a film including the step of molding the composition obtained by the above-described manufacturing methods (d1) to (d6).

藉由上述製造方法(e1)、(e2)製造之薄膜可自製造位置剝離而使用。The film produced by the above-mentioned production methods (e1) and (e2) can be peeled from the production position and used.

<<積層結構體之製造方法>> 作為積層結構體之製造方法,例如可列舉下述(f1)~(f3)之製造方法。<<Manufacturing method of laminated structure>> Examples of the manufacturing method of the laminated structure include the following manufacturing methods (f1) to (f3).

製造方法(f1)係包括如下步驟之積層結構體之製造方法:製造液狀組合物;於基板上塗敷所獲得之液狀組合物;及自所獲得之塗膜去除(3)溶劑。The manufacturing method (f1) is a manufacturing method of a laminated structure including the following steps: preparing a liquid composition; applying the obtained liquid composition on a substrate; and removing (3) the solvent from the obtained coating film.

製造方法(f2)係包括如下步驟之積層結構體之製造方法:於基板上貼合薄膜。The manufacturing method (f2) is a manufacturing method of a laminated structure including the following steps: laminating a film on a substrate.

製造方法(f3)係包括如下步驟之積層結構體之製造方法:製造包含(4)聚合性化合物之液狀組合物;於基板上塗敷所獲得之液狀組合物;及使所獲得之塗膜中包含之(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合。The manufacturing method (f3) is a manufacturing method of a laminated structure including the following steps: manufacturing a liquid composition containing (4) a polymerizable compound; applying the obtained liquid composition on a substrate; and making the obtained coating film The polymerizable compound contained in (4) is polymerized.

製造方法(f1)、(f3)中之製造液狀組合物之步驟可採用上文記述之製造方法(c1)~(c5)。The steps of producing the liquid composition in the production methods (f1) and (f3) can adopt the production methods (c1) to (c5) described above.

製造方法(f1)、(f3)中之於基板上塗敷液狀組合物之步驟並無特別限制,可採用凹版塗佈法、棒式塗佈法、印刷法、噴霧法、旋轉塗佈法、浸漬法、模嘴塗佈法等公知之塗佈、塗敷方法。The step of applying the liquid composition on the substrate in the manufacturing methods (f1) and (f3) is not particularly limited, and gravure coating, rod coating, printing, spraying, spin coating, etc. can be used. Well-known coating and coating methods such as dipping method and die coating method.

製造方法(f1)中之去除(3)溶劑之步驟可設為與上述製造方法(d2)、(d4)、(d6)中包括之去除(3)溶劑之步驟相同之步驟。The step of removing the solvent (3) in the manufacturing method (f1) may be the same step as the step of removing the solvent (3) included in the above-mentioned manufacturing methods (d2), (d4), and (d6).

製造方法(f3)中之使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合之步驟可設為與上述製造方法(d1)、(d3)、(d5)中包括之使(4)聚合性化合物進行聚合之步驟相同之步驟。The step of polymerizing the (4) polymerizable compound in the production method (f3) may be the same as the step of polymerizing the (4) polymerizable compound in the above-mentioned production methods (d1), (d3), and (d5). Same steps.

製造方法(f2)中之於基板上貼合薄膜之步驟中可使用任意之接著劑。Any adhesive can be used in the step of laminating the film on the substrate in the manufacturing method (f2).

接著劑只要為不會使(1)半導體材料溶解者則無特別限制,可使用公知之接著劑。The adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve (1) the semiconductor material, and a known adhesive can be used.

積層結構體之製造方法可包括於所獲得之積層結構體上進而貼合任意之薄膜之步驟。The method of manufacturing a laminated structure may include a step of bonding an arbitrary film to the obtained laminated structure.

作為貼合之任意之薄膜,例如可列舉:反射薄膜、擴散薄膜。Examples of arbitrary films to be bonded include reflective films and diffusion films.

貼合薄膜之步驟中可使用任意之接著劑。Any adhesive can be used in the step of laminating the film.

上述接著劑只要為不會使(1)半導體材料溶解者則無特別限制,可使用公知之接著劑。The above-mentioned adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve (1) the semiconductor material, and a known adhesive can be used.

<<發光裝置之製造方法>> 例如可列舉包括如下步驟之製造方法:設置上述光源,於自光源射出之光之光路上設置上述薄膜或積層結構體。<<Manufacturing method of light-emitting device>> For example, a manufacturing method includes the following steps: arranging the above-mentioned light source, and arranging the above-mentioned film or laminated structure on the optical path of the light emitted from the light source.

再者,本發明之技術範圍並不限定於上述實施形態,可於不脫離本發明之主旨之範圍內施加各種變更。 [實施例]In addition, the technical scope of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various changes can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. [Example]

以下,基於實施例及比較例而更具體地說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於以下之實施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following Examples.

(胺化合物所含之N含量之測定) 藉由實施例1~3所獲得之組合物之X射線光電子光譜(XPS)(Quantera SXM,ULVAC-PHI股份有限公司製造,AlKα射線光電子掠出角45度,將光圈直徑設為100 μm、歸屬於表面污染烴之C 1s之峰設為284.6 eV而用作靜電補償之基準)測定,算出組合物所含之鈣鈦礦中之Pb之莫耳與胺化合物中之N之莫耳的比(N/Pb(莫耳比))。XPS測定係使包含鈣鈦礦之組合物0.05 mL於1 cm×1 cm之玻璃基板上流延,加以乾燥後進行。(Measurement of N content contained in amine compounds) X-ray photoelectron spectra (XPS) of the compositions obtained in Examples 1 to 3 (Quantera SXM, manufactured by ULVAC-PHI Co., Ltd., the AlKα ray photoelectron grazing angle is 45 degrees, the aperture diameter is set to 100 μm, and The C 1s peak of surface contaminating hydrocarbons was set to 284.6 eV and used as a reference for electrostatic compensation) and the ratio of the moles of Pb in the perovskite contained in the composition to the moles of N in the amine compound was calculated ( N/Pb(mol ratio)). The XPS measurement was performed by casting 0.05 mL of the composition containing perovskite on a 1 cm × 1 cm glass substrate and drying it.

(鈣鈦礦化合物之濃度測定) 實施例1~3及比較例1所獲得之組合物中之鈣鈦礦化合物之濃度係藉由以下之方法測定。(Measurement of concentration of perovskite compounds) The concentration of the perovskite compound in the compositions obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was measured by the following method.

首先,使藉由後述方法獲得之(1)半導體材料再分散於精確秤量之甲苯,藉此獲得分散液。其次,於所獲得之分散液中添加N,N-二甲基甲醯胺,藉此使鈣鈦礦化合物溶解。First, (1) the semiconductor material obtained by the method described below is redispersed in accurately weighed toluene, thereby obtaining a dispersion liquid. Next, N,N-dimethylformamide is added to the obtained dispersion liquid to dissolve the perovskite compound.

其後,使用ICP-MS(PerkinElmer公司製造,ELAN DRCII)定量分散液所含之Cs及Pb。又,使用離子層析儀(Thermo Fisher Scientific股份有限公司製造,Integrion)定量分散液所含之Br。由各測定值之合計而求出分散液所含之鈣鈦礦化合物之質量,由鈣鈦礦化合物之質量與甲苯量而求出分散液濃度。Thereafter, Cs and Pb contained in the dispersion liquid were quantified using ICP-MS (ELAN DRCII, manufactured by PerkinElmer). Furthermore, the Br contained in the dispersion liquid was quantified using an ion chromatograph (Integrion, manufactured by Thermo Fisher Scientific Co., Ltd.). The mass of the perovskite compound contained in the dispersion was determined from the sum of the measured values, and the concentration of the dispersion was determined from the mass of the perovskite compound and the amount of toluene.

(量子產率之測定) 使用絕對PL量子產率測定裝置(浜松光子股份有限公司製造,C9920-02),於激發光450 nm、室溫、大氣下測定實施例1~3及比較例1所獲得之組合物之量子產率。(Measurement of quantum yield) An absolute PL quantum yield measuring device (manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics Co., Ltd., C9920-02) was used to measure the quantum yield of the compositions obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 under excitation light of 450 nm, room temperature, and the atmosphere. Rate.

(耐熱性評估) 將實施例1~3及比較例1所獲得之組合物於加熱板上在260℃下加熱2分鐘而進行耐熱性試驗。測定耐熱性試驗前後之量子產率,使用下述式求出維持率。如此求出之維持率越高,則耐熱性之評估越高。 維持率(%)=耐熱性試驗後之量子產率÷耐熱性試驗前之量子產率×100(Heat resistance evaluation) The compositions obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were heated on a hot plate at 260° C. for 2 minutes to perform a heat resistance test. The quantum yield before and after the heat resistance test was measured, and the maintenance rate was calculated using the following formula. The higher the maintenance rate calculated in this way, the higher the evaluation of heat resistance. Maintenance rate (%) = quantum yield after heat resistance test ÷ quantum yield before heat resistance test × 100

(藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡進行之(1)半導體材料之觀察) (1)半導體材料係使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(日本電子股份有限公司製造,JEM-2200FS)進行觀察。觀察用試樣係藉由自組合物將(1)半導體材料採集至附支持膜之網格上而獲得。觀察條件設為加速電壓200 kV。((1) Observation of semiconductor materials by transmission electron microscope) (1) Semiconductor materials were observed using a transmission electron microscope (JEM-2200FS, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). The sample for observation is obtained by collecting (1) the semiconductor material from the composition onto a grid with a support film. The observation conditions were set to an accelerating voltage of 200 kV.

對於所獲得之電子顯微鏡照片中拍攝之半導體材料之像,求出利用兩條平行線夾持該像時之平行線之間隔,作為斐瑞特直徑。求出20個半導體材料之斐瑞特直徑之算術平均值,而求出平均之斐瑞特直徑。For the image of the semiconductor material taken in the electron microscope photograph obtained, the distance between the parallel lines when the image is sandwiched between two parallel lines is calculated as the Ferret diameter. Find the arithmetic mean of the Ferrit diameters of 20 semiconductor materials, and find the average Ferrit diameter.

(鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分與改質體之Si元素之莫耳比[Si/B]之計算) 作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子之物質量(B)(單位:莫耳)係藉由感應耦合電漿質譜法(ICP-MS)測定作為B成分之金屬之質量,將測定值換算成物質量而求出。(Calculation of the molar ratio [Si/B] between the B component of the perovskite compound and the Si element of the modified body) The mass (B) (unit: mol) of the metal ion as the B component of the perovskite compound is measured by inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), and the measured value is converted Find it based on the mass of the finished product.

改質體之Si元素之物質量(Si)係由將所使用之改質體之原料化合物之質量換算成物質量所得之值與單位質量之原料化合物所含之Si量(物質量)而求出。所謂原料化合物之單位質量,若原料化合物為低分子化合物,則為原料化合物之分子量,若原料化合物為高分子化合物,則為原料化合物之重複單元之分子量。The material mass (Si) of the Si element of the modified body is calculated by converting the mass of the raw material compound of the modified body into a material mass and the amount of Si (material mass) contained in the raw material compound per unit mass. out. The unit mass of the raw material compound is the molecular weight of the raw material compound if the raw material compound is a low molecular compound, and the molecular weight of the repeating unit of the raw material compound if the raw material compound is a high molecular compound.

由Si元素之物質量(Si)與作為鈣鈦礦化合物之B成分的金屬離子之物質量(B)而算出莫耳比[Si/B]。The molar ratio [Si/B] is calculated from the mass of Si element (Si) and the mass of metal ions (B) which is the B component of the perovskite compound.

[實施例1] 將碳酸銫0.814 g、溶劑之1-十八碳烯40 mL及油酸2.5 mL加以混合。利用磁力攪拌器進行攪拌,一面通入氮氣一面於150℃下加熱1小時而製備碳酸銫溶液。[Example 1] Mix 0.814 g of cesium carbonate, 40 mL of 1-octadecene as solvent, and 2.5 mL of oleic acid. The mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and heated at 150° C. for 1 hour while flowing nitrogen gas to prepare a cesium carbonate solution.

將溴化鉛(PbBr2 )0.276 g與溶劑之1-十八碳烯20 mL加以混合。利用磁力攪拌器進行攪拌,一面通入氮氣一面於溫度120℃下加熱1小時後,添加油酸2 mL及N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺2.117 mL而製備溴化鉛分散液。Mix 0.276 g of lead bromide (PbBr 2 ) and 20 mL of 1-octadecene as the solvent. Stir with a magnetic stirrer, and heat at 120°C for 1 hour while flowing nitrogen, then add 2 mL of oleic acid and 2.117 mL of N,N-dimethyl n-octadecylamine to prepare a lead bromide dispersion. .

將溴化鉛分散液升溫至溫度130℃後,添加上述碳酸銫溶液1.6 mL。添加後,將反應容器浸漬於冰水中,藉此降溫至室溫,而獲得分散液。After the lead bromide dispersion was heated to 130°C, 1.6 mL of the above-mentioned cesium carbonate solution was added. After the addition, the reaction vessel was immersed in ice water to cool down to room temperature to obtain a dispersion.

其次,對分散液進行10000 rpm、5分鐘之離心分離,將沈澱物分離後,添加乙酸乙酯15 mL及甲苯5 mL使之分散後,再次進行10000 rpm、5分鐘之離心分離,將沈澱物分離後洗淨。實施3次洗淨後,獲得沈澱物之鈣鈦礦化合物。使鈣鈦礦化合物分散於甲苯10 mL後,再次分取0.5 mL,使之分散於甲苯4.5 mL,藉此獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物及溶劑之分散液。Next, the dispersion was centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes to separate the precipitate. After adding 15 mL of ethyl acetate and 5 mL of toluene to disperse, the dispersion was centrifuged again at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes to separate the precipitate. Wash after separation. After washing three times, a precipitated perovskite compound was obtained. After the perovskite compound was dispersed in 10 mL of toluene, 0.5 mL was again divided and dispersed in 4.5 mL of toluene to obtain a dispersion containing the perovskite compound and a solvent.

藉由ICP-MS及離子層析所測定之鈣鈦礦化合物之濃度為1200 ppm(μg/g)。藉由XPS所測定之N/Pb莫耳比為0.32。The concentration of the perovskite compound measured by ICP-MS and ion chromatography was 1200 ppm (μg/g). The N/Pb molar ratio determined by XPS was 0.32.

對於使溶劑自然乾燥後回收之化合物,使用X射線繞射測定裝置(XRD,CuKα射線,X' pert PRO MPD,Spectris公司製造)測定其X射線繞射圖樣,結果於2θ=14°之位置存在源自(hkl)=(001)之峰,確認具有三維之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構。The X-ray diffraction pattern of the compound recovered after the solvent was naturally dried was measured using an X-ray diffraction measurement device (XRD, CuKα ray, The peak originating from (hkl) = (001) is confirmed to have a three-dimensional perovskite crystal structure.

繼而,於上述分散液中混合有機聚矽氮烷(Durazane 1500 Slow Cure,Merck Performance Materials股份有限公司製造:0.967 g/cm3 )100 μL。於分散液中,有機聚矽氮烷所含之Si元素與鈣鈦礦化合物所含之Pb元素之莫耳比為Si/Pb=172。Next, 100 μL of organopolysilazane (Durazane 1500 Slow Cure, manufactured by Merck Performance Materials Co., Ltd.: 0.967 g/cm 3 ) was mixed into the above dispersion liquid. In the dispersion liquid, the molar ratio of the Si element contained in the organopolysilazane and the Pb element contained in the perovskite compound is Si/Pb=172.

一面利用攪拌器將上述分散液於25℃、80%之濕度條件下攪拌一面進行1天改質處理。The above dispersion was stirred using a stirrer at a humidity of 25°C and 80%, and the modification process was carried out for 1 day.

使上述改質處理後之分散液50 μL於尺寸1 cm×1 cm之玻璃基板上流延,經自然乾燥後,於100℃下進行12小時烘烤處理而獲得組合物。測定耐熱性試驗前後之量子產率,算出維持率,結果維持率為42.7%。將結果示於表1。50 μL of the modified dispersion was cast on a glass substrate with a size of 1 cm × 1 cm. After natural drying, it was baked at 100°C for 12 hours to obtain a composition. The quantum yield before and after the heat resistance test was measured and the maintenance rate was calculated. The result was that the maintenance rate was 42.7%. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例2] 藉由與實施例1相同之方法,獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物及N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺之分散液。 繼而,於上述分散液中混合有機聚矽氮烷(Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure,Merck Performance Materials股份有限公司製造:0.967 g/cm3 )100 μL。於分散液中,有機聚矽氮烷所含之Si元素與鈣鈦礦化合物所含之Pb元素之莫耳比為Si/Pb=50.4。[Example 2] By the same method as Example 1, a dispersion liquid containing a perovskite compound and N,N-dimethyln-octadecylamine was obtained. Next, 100 μL of organopolysilazane (Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure, manufactured by Merck Performance Materials Co., Ltd.: 0.967 g/cm 3 ) was mixed into the above dispersion liquid. In the dispersion liquid, the molar ratio of the Si element contained in the organopolysilazane and the Pb element contained in the perovskite compound is Si/Pb=50.4.

一面利用攪拌器將上述分散液於25℃、80%之濕度條件下攪拌一面進行1天改質處理。The above dispersion was stirred using a stirrer at a humidity of 25°C and 80%, and the modification process was carried out for 1 day.

使上述改質處理後之分散液50 μL於尺寸1 cm×1 cm之玻璃基板上流延,經自然乾燥後,於100℃下進行12小時烘烤處理而獲得組合物。測定耐久試驗前後之量子產率,算出維持率,結果維持率為86.4%。將結果示於表1。50 μL of the modified dispersion was cast on a glass substrate with a size of 1 cm × 1 cm. After natural drying, it was baked at 100°C for 12 hours to obtain a composition. The quantum yield before and after the durability test was measured and the maintenance rate was calculated. The result was that the maintenance rate was 86.4%. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例3] 將有機聚矽氮烷(Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure,Merck Performance Materials股份有限公司製造:0.967 g/cm3 )之添加量設為300 μL,除此以外,藉由與實施例2相同之方法獲得組合物。分散液中之有機聚矽氮烷所含之Si元素與鈣鈦礦化合物所含之Pb元素之莫耳比為Si/Pb=151。[Example 3] The same procedure as Example 2 was performed except that the added amount of organopolysilazane (Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure, manufactured by Merck Performance Materials Co., Ltd.: 0.967 g/cm 3 ) was 300 μL. method to obtain the composition. The molar ratio between the Si element contained in the organopolysilazane and the Pb element contained in the perovskite compound in the dispersion liquid is Si/Pb=151.

使上述分散液50 μL於尺寸1 cm×1 cm之玻璃基板上流延,經自然乾燥後,於100℃下進行12小時烘烤處理而獲得組合物。測定耐熱性試驗前後之量子產率,算出維持率,結果維持率為77.9%。將結果示於表1。50 μL of the above dispersion was cast on a glass substrate with a size of 1 cm × 1 cm. After natural drying, it was baked at 100°C for 12 hours to obtain a composition. The quantum yield before and after the heat resistance test was measured and the maintenance rate was calculated. As a result, the maintenance rate was 77.9%. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例1] 將碳酸銫0.814 g、溶劑之1-十八碳烯40 mL及油酸2.5 mL加以混合。利用磁力攪拌器進行攪拌,一面通入氮氣一面於150℃下加熱1小時而製備碳酸銫溶液。[Comparative example 1] Mix 0.814 g of cesium carbonate, 40 mL of 1-octadecene as solvent, and 2.5 mL of oleic acid. The mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and heated at 150° C. for 1 hour while flowing nitrogen gas to prepare a cesium carbonate solution.

將溴化鉛(PbBr2 )0.276 g與溶劑之1-十八碳烯20 mL加以混合。利用磁力攪拌器進行攪拌,一面通入氮氣一面於溫度120℃下加熱1小時後,添加油酸2 mL及油胺2 mL而製備溴化鉛分散液。Mix 0.276 g of lead bromide (PbBr 2 ) and 20 mL of 1-octadecene as the solvent. After stirring with a magnetic stirrer and heating at a temperature of 120° C. for 1 hour while flowing nitrogen, 2 mL of oleic acid and 2 mL of oleylamine were added to prepare a lead bromide dispersion.

將溴化鉛分散液升溫至溫度160℃後,添加上述碳酸銫溶液1.6 mL。添加後,將反應容器浸漬於冰水中,藉此降溫至室溫,而獲得分散液。After the lead bromide dispersion was heated to 160°C, 1.6 mL of the above-mentioned cesium carbonate solution was added. After the addition, the reaction vessel was immersed in ice water to cool down to room temperature to obtain a dispersion.

其次,對分散液進行10000 rpm、5分鐘之離心分離,而獲得沈澱物之鈣鈦礦化合物。使鈣鈦礦化合物分散於甲苯5 mL後,再次分取0.5 mL,使之分散於甲苯4.5 mL,藉此獲得包含鈣鈦礦化合物及油胺之分散液。Secondly, the dispersion was centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes to obtain the precipitated perovskite compound. After the perovskite compound was dispersed in 5 mL of toluene, 0.5 mL was again divided and dispersed in 4.5 mL of toluene to obtain a dispersion containing the perovskite compound and oleylamine.

藉由ICP-MS及離子層析所測定之鈣鈦礦化合物之濃度為2000 ppm(μg/g)。The concentration of the perovskite compound measured by ICP-MS and ion chromatography was 2000 ppm (μg/g).

對於使溶劑自然乾燥後回收之化合物,使用X射線繞射測定裝置(XRD,CuKα射線,X' pert PRO MPD,Spectris公司製造)測定其X射線繞射圖樣,結果於2θ=14°之位置存在源自(hkl)=(001)之峰,確認具有三維之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構。The X-ray diffraction pattern of the compound recovered after the solvent was naturally dried was measured using an X-ray diffraction measurement device (XRD, CuKα ray, The peak originating from (hkl) = (001) is confirmed to have a three-dimensional perovskite crystal structure.

藉由TEM觀察之鈣鈦礦化合物之平均之斐瑞特直徑為11 nm。The average Ferret diameter of perovskite compounds observed by TEM is 11 nm.

利用甲苯將鈣鈦礦化合物之濃度稀釋至200 ppm(μg/g)後,利用量子產率測定裝置所測得之量子產率為30%。 繼而,於上述包含鈣鈦礦化合物及溶劑之分散液1中混合有機聚矽氮烷(Durazane 1500 Slow Cure,Merck Performance Materials股份有限公司製造:0.967 g/cm3 )100 μL。於分散液中,有機聚矽氮烷所含之Si元素與鈣鈦礦化合物所含之Pb元素之莫耳比為Si/Pb=76。After diluting the concentration of the perovskite compound to 200 ppm (μg/g) with toluene, the quantum yield measured by the quantum yield measuring device was 30%. Next, 100 μL of organopolysilazane (Durazane 1500 Slow Cure, manufactured by Merck Performance Materials Co., Ltd.: 0.967 g/cm 3 ) was mixed into the dispersion 1 containing the perovskite compound and solvent. In the dispersion liquid, the molar ratio of the Si element contained in the organopolysilazane and the Pb element contained in the perovskite compound is Si/Pb=76.

一面利用攪拌器將上述分散液於25℃、80%之濕度條件下攪拌一面進行1天改質處理。The above dispersion was stirred using a stirrer at a humidity of 25°C and 80%, and the modification process was carried out for 1 day.

使上述改質處理後之分散液50 μL於尺寸1 cm×1 cm之玻璃基板上流延,經自然乾燥後,於100℃下進行12小時烘烤處理而獲得組合物。測定耐熱性試驗前後之量子產率,算出維持率,結果維持率為8%。將結果示於表1。50 μL of the modified dispersion was cast on a glass substrate with a size of 1 cm × 1 cm. After natural drying, it was baked at 100°C for 12 hours to obtain a composition. The quantum yield before and after the heat resistance test was measured and the maintenance rate was calculated. The result was that the maintenance rate was 8%. The results are shown in Table 1.

[表1]    (1) 表面修飾劑 (5) 維持率 種類 添加量[μL] [%] 實施例 1 CsPbBr3 N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺/油酸 Durazane 1500 Slow Cure 100 42.7 實施例 2 CsPbBr3 N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺/油酸 Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure 100 86.4 實施例 3 CsPbBr3 N,N-二甲基正十八烷基胺/油酸 Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure 300 77.9 比較例 1 CsPbBr3 油胺/油酸 Durazane 1500 Slow Cure 100 8 [Table 1] (1) surface modifier (5) Maintenance rate Kind Adding amount [μL] [%] Example 1 CsPbBr 3 N,N-dimethyl n-octadecylamine/oleic acid Durazane 1500 Slow Cure 100 42.7 Example 2 CsPbBr 3 N,N-dimethyl n-octadecylamine/oleic acid Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure 100 86.4 Example 3 CsPbBr 3 N,N-dimethyl n-octadecylamine/oleic acid Durazane 1500 Rapid Cure 300 77.9 Comparative example 1 CsPbBr 3 Oleamine/oleic acid Durazane 1500 Slow Cure 100 8

根據上述結果可確認,與未應用本發明之比較例1之組合物相比,應用本發明之實施例1~3之組合物具有優異之耐熱性。From the above results, it was confirmed that the compositions of Examples 1 to 3 to which the present invention was applied had excellent heat resistance compared to the composition of Comparative Example 1 to which the present invention was not applied.

[參考例1] 將實施例1~3記載之組合物裝入至玻璃管等中並加以密封後,將其配置於作為光源之藍色發光二極體與導光板之間,藉此製造可將藍色發光二極體之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源。[Reference example 1] After the compositions described in Examples 1 to 3 are put into a glass tube or the like and sealed, the composition is placed between a blue light-emitting diode as a light source and a light guide plate, thereby producing a blue light-emitting diode. The polar body's blue light is converted into green or red light backlight.

[參考例2] 可藉由將實施例1~3記載之組合物進行片化而獲得薄膜,將其夾持於2片障壁薄膜之間並加以密封而獲得薄膜,將該薄膜設置於導光板之上,藉此製造可將自位於導光板之端面(側面)之藍色發光二極體通過導光板向上述片材照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源。[Reference example 2] The composition described in Examples 1 to 3 can be obtained by forming a sheet, sandwiching and sealing the composition between two barrier films to obtain a film, and disposing the film on a light guide plate. A backlight source capable of converting the blue light emitted from the blue light-emitting diode located on the end surface (side) of the light guide plate to the above-mentioned sheet through the light guide plate into green light or red light is manufactured.

[參考例3] 將實施例1~3記載之組合物設置於藍色發光二極體之發光部附近,藉此製造可將所照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源。[Reference Example 3] The compositions described in Examples 1 to 3 are placed near the light-emitting part of the blue light-emitting diode, thereby producing a backlight capable of converting irradiated blue light into green light or red light.

[參考例4] 將實施例1~3記載之組合物與阻劑加以混合後,去除溶劑,藉此可獲得波長轉換材料。將所獲得之波長轉換材料配置於作為光源之藍色發光二極體與導光板之間、或配置於作為光源之OLED之後段,藉此製造可將光源之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光之背光源。[Reference Example 4] After mixing the compositions described in Examples 1 to 3 with a resist and removing the solvent, a wavelength conversion material can be obtained. The obtained wavelength conversion material is arranged between the blue light-emitting diode as the light source and the light guide plate, or arranged behind the OLED as the light source, thereby producing a device that can convert the blue light of the light source into green light or red light. the backlight.

[參考例5] 將實施例1~3記載之組合物與ZnS等導電性粒子加以混合後進行成膜,於一面積層n型傳輸層,於另一面積層p型傳輸層,藉此獲得LED。接通電流,藉此p型半導體之電洞與n型半導體之電子於接合面之鈣鈦礦化合物中抵消電荷,藉此可發光。[Reference Example 5] The compositions described in Examples 1 to 3 are mixed with conductive particles such as ZnS to form a film, and an n-type transmission layer is layered on one area and a p-type transmission layer is layered on the other area, thereby obtaining an LED. By turning on the current, the holes in the p-type semiconductor and the electrons in the n-type semiconductor offset the charges in the perovskite compound at the junction, thereby emitting light.

[參考例6] 於摻氟氧化錫(FTO)基板之表面上積層氧化鈦緻密層,自其上積層多孔質氧化鋁層,於其上積層實施例1~3記載之組合物,去除溶劑後,自其上積層2,2',7,7'-四(N,N'-二對甲氧基苯基胺)-9,9'-螺二茀(Spiro-OMeTAD)等電洞傳輸層,於其上積層銀(Ag)層,而製作太陽電池。[Reference Example 6] A dense titanium oxide layer is laminated on the surface of a fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) substrate, a porous aluminum oxide layer is laminated thereon, and the compositions described in Examples 1 to 3 are laminated thereon. After removing the solvent, a porous aluminum oxide layer is laminated thereon. 2,2',7,7'-tetrakis(N,N'-di-methoxyphenylamine)-9,9'-spiro-OMeTAD and other hole transport layers are laminated on it Silver (Ag) layer to make solar cells.

[參考例7] 可藉由將實施例1~3記載之組合物之溶劑去除並進行成形而獲得本實施形態之組合物,將其設置於藍色發光二極體之後段,藉此製造將自藍色發光二極體向組合物照射之藍色光轉換為綠色光或紅色光而發出白色光之雷射二極體照明。[Reference Example 7] The composition of this embodiment can be obtained by removing the solvent of the composition described in Examples 1 to 3 and molding it, and disposing it in the subsequent stage of the blue light-emitting diode, thereby manufacturing a blue light-emitting diode. The blue light irradiated by the polar body to the composition is converted into green light or red light to emit white light.

[參考例8] 可藉由將實施例1~3記載之組合物之溶劑去除並進行成形而獲得本實施形態之組合物。將所獲得之組合物製成光電轉換層之一部分,藉此製造感知光之檢測部中使用包含之光電轉換元件(光檢測元件)材料。光電轉換元件材料可用於X射線攝像裝置及CMOS影像感測器等固體攝像裝置用之影像檢測部(影像感測器)、指紋檢測部、面部檢測部、靜脈檢測部及虹膜檢測部等對生物體一部分特定特徵進行檢測之檢測部、脈搏血氧定量計等光學生物感測器。 [產業上之可利用性][Reference Example 8] The composition of this embodiment can be obtained by removing the solvent from the composition described in Examples 1 to 3 and molding the composition. The obtained composition is made into a part of the photoelectric conversion layer, thereby producing a photoelectric conversion element (light detection element) material included in a detection part that senses light. Photoelectric conversion element materials can be used in the image detection part (image sensor), fingerprint detection part, face detection part, vein detection part and iris detection part of solid-state imaging devices such as X-ray imaging devices and CMOS image sensors, etc. for biometric detection. Optical biosensors such as detection parts and pulse oximeter that detect specific characteristics of a body part. [Industrial availability]

根據本發明,可提供一種包含發光性之半導體材料之耐熱性較高之組合物、使用上述組合物之薄膜、使用上述薄膜之積層結構體、具備上述積層結構體之發光裝置及顯示器。 因此,本發明之組合物、使用上述組合物之薄膜、使用上述薄膜之積層結構體、具備上述積層結構體之發光裝置及顯示器可良好地用於發光用途。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a highly heat-resistant composition containing a luminescent semiconductor material, a film using the composition, a laminated structure using the film, and a light-emitting device and a display including the laminated structure. Therefore, the composition of the present invention, the film using the composition, the laminated structure using the film, and the light-emitting device and display including the laminated structure can be favorably used for light-emitting purposes.

1a:第一積層結構體 1b:第二積層結構體 2:發光裝置 3:顯示器 10:薄膜 20:第一基板 21:第二基板 22:密封層 30:光源 40:液晶面板 50:角柱薄片 60:導光板 1a: First laminated structure 1b: Second layered structure 2:Lighting device 3: Monitor 10:Film 20: First substrate 21:Second substrate 22:Sealing layer 30:Light source 40:LCD panel 50: Corner column slices 60:Light guide plate

圖1係表示本發明之積層結構體之一實施形態之剖視圖。 圖2係表示本發明之顯示器之一實施形態之剖視圖。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the laminated structure of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the display of the present invention.

Claims (6)

一種組合物,其包含(1)成分與(2)成分,(1)成分:發光性之半導體材料(2)成分:下述式(A5)所表示之三級胺及/或三級銨陽離子,
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0117-1
(式(A5)中,R41、R42分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、烯基或炔基,可分別獨立地具有取代基,上述取代基為烴基、胺基、氰基、巰基或硝基,R41、R42所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,R41、R42之碳原子數分別獨立地為3以下;R43表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基或炔基,可具有取代基,上述取代基為烴基、胺基、氰基、巰基或硝基,R43所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,R43之碳原子數為8以上)上述(1)成分係以A、B及X作為構成成分之鈣鈦礦化合物,(A係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之六面體之各頂點之成分,且為1價陽離子;X表示鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於以B為中心之八面體之各頂點之成分,且為選自由鹵化物離子及硫氰酸根離子所組成之群中之至少一種陰離子;B係鈣鈦礦型結晶結構中位於將A配置於頂點之六面體、及將X配置於頂點之八面體之中心的成分,且為金屬離子),且進而包含(5)成分,(5)成分:選自由矽氮烷、矽氮烷改質體、下述式(C1)所表示之化合 物、下述式(C1)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(C2)所表示之化合物、下述式(C2)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物、下述式(A5-51)所表示之化合物之改質體、下述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物、下述式(A5-52)所表示之化合物之改質體、矽酸鈉及矽酸鈉之改質體所組成之群中之1種以上之化合物,
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0118-2
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0118-3
(式(C1)中,Y5表示單鍵、氧原子或硫原子;於Y5為氧原子之情形時,R30及R31分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基;於Y5為單鍵或硫原子之情形時,R30表示碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基,R31表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基;式(C2)中,R30、R31及R32分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20之烷基、碳原子數為3~30之環烷基、或碳原子數為2~20之不飽和烴基;式(C1)及式(C2)中,R30、R31及R32所表示之烷基、環烷基及不飽和烴基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基; a為1~3之整數;於a為2或3時,存在之複數個Y5可相同亦可不同;於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R30可相同亦可不同;於a為2或3時,存在之複數個R32可相同亦可不同;於a為1或2時,存在之複數個R31可相同亦可不同)
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0119-4
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0119-5
(式(A5-51)及式(A5-52)中,AC為2價烴基,Y15為氧原子或硫原子;R122及R123分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基,R124表示碳原子數1~20之烷基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基,R125及R126分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數1~20之烷氧基、或碳原子數3~30之環烷基;R122~R126所表示之烷基及環烷基所含之氫原子可分別獨立地被取代為鹵素原子或胺基)。
A composition comprising (1) component and (2) component, (1) component: luminescent semiconductor material (2) component: tertiary amine and/or tertiary ammonium cation represented by the following formula (A5) ,
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0117-1
(In formula (A5), R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, and may each independently have a substituent. The above substituent is a hydrocarbon group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a mercapto group. or nitro group, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 41 and R 42 can be independently substituted with halogen atoms, and the number of carbon atoms in R 41 and R 42 is independently 3 or less; R 43 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, Aryl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups may have substituents. The above substituents are hydrocarbon groups, amino groups, cyano groups, mercapto groups or nitro groups. The hydrogen atoms contained in R 43 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms. R 43 The number of carbon atoms is 8 or more) The above (1) component is a perovskite compound with A, B and The component of the vertex, and is a univalent cation; At least one of the anions; B is a component located in the center of the hexahedron with A at the vertex and the octahedron with X at the vertex in the perovskite crystal structure, and is a metal ion), and further includes (5) Component, (5) Component: selected from the group consisting of silazane, a modified form of silazane, a compound represented by the following formula (C1), a modified form of a compound represented by the following formula (C1), and the following A compound represented by the following formula (C2), a modified form of the compound represented by the following formula (C2), a compound represented by the following formula (A5-51), a compound represented by the following formula (A5-51) A modified form of a compound represented by the following formula (A5-52), a modified form of a compound represented by the following formula (A5-52), sodium silicate and a modified form of sodium silicate More than one compound in
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0118-2
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0118-3
(In formula (C1), Y 5 represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; when Y 5 is an oxygen atom, R 30 and R 31 independently represent a hydrogen atom and an alkane with a carbon number of 1 to 20. group, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; when Y 5 is a single bond or a sulfur atom, R 30 represents a cycloalkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl group, cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms. R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 3 to 20 carbon atoms. 30 cycloalkyl group, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; in formula (C2), R 30 , R 31 and R 32 respectively independently represent a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. , a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms; in formula (C1) and formula (C2), the alkyl group represented by R 30 , R 31 and R 32 , the hydrogen atoms contained in the cycloalkyl group and the unsaturated hydrocarbon group can be independently substituted with halogen atoms or amine groups; a is an integer from 1 to 3; when a is 2 or 3, the plurality of Y 5 present can be the same or different; when a is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 30 that exists may be the same or different; when a is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 32 that exists may be the same or different; when a is 1 or 2 , the plural R 31s that exist may be the same or different)
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0119-4
Figure 108138407-A0305-02-0119-5
(In formula (A5-51) and formula (A5-52), A C is a divalent hydrocarbon group, Y 15 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; R 122 and R 123 respectively independently represent a hydrogen atom and a carbon number of 1 to 20 an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, R 124 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 125 and R 126 represent independently Hydrogen atom, alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms; alkyl and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 122 to R 126 The hydrogen atoms contained can be independently substituted with halogen atoms or amine groups).
如請求項1之組合物,其進而包含選自由(3)成分、(4)成分及(4-1)成 分所組成之群中之至少一種,(3)成分:溶劑(4)成分:聚合性化合物(4-1)成分:聚合物。 The composition of claim 1, further comprising a component selected from (3) component, (4) component and (4-1) component At least one of the group consisting of (3) component: solvent (4) component: polymeric compound (4-1) component: polymer. 一種薄膜,其係以如請求項1或2之組合物作為形成材料。 A film using the composition of claim 1 or 2 as a forming material. 一種積層結構體,其包含如請求項3之薄膜。 A laminated structure including the film of claim 3. 一種發光裝置,其具備如請求項4之積層結構體。 A light-emitting device provided with the laminated structure of claim 4. 一種顯示器,其具備如請求項4之積層結構體。 A display having the layered structure of claim 4.
TW108138407A 2018-10-26 2019-10-24 Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays TWI830795B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-202351 2018-10-26
JP2018202351A JP7133437B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2018-10-26 Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202028423A TW202028423A (en) 2020-08-01
TWI830795B true TWI830795B (en) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=70331441

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108138407A TWI830795B (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-24 Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7133437B2 (en)
CN (1) CN112912341B (en)
TW (1) TWI830795B (en)
WO (1) WO2020085362A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4249569A1 (en) * 2020-11-18 2023-09-27 DIC Corporation Luminescent particles and production method therefor, luminescent-particle dispersion, photoconversion film, layered product, photoconversion layer, color filter, and luminescent element
CN113422031B (en) * 2021-07-01 2022-04-12 大连理工大学 Preparation method and application of carbon-coated zinc diphosphide composite material prepared by three-step method

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201430100A (en) * 2012-12-28 2014-08-01 Shinetsu Chemical Co Method for surface treatment of phosphor
JP6332522B1 (en) * 2017-05-17 2018-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Composition and method for producing the composition

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5921407A (en) * 1982-07-29 1984-02-03 Nippon Steel Corp Continuous rolling method
JP4318710B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2009-08-26 シャープ株式会社 Nanocrystalline phosphor, coated nanocrystalline phosphor, and method for producing coated nanocrystalline phosphor
WO2008096609A1 (en) * 2007-02-05 2008-08-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Transition metal complex compound and organic electroluminescent device using the same
US10566105B2 (en) * 2010-04-22 2020-02-18 Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. Method for producing charge transport film
KR102410080B1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2022-06-16 스미토모 긴조쿠 고잔 가부시키가이샤 Conductive paste
CN104861958B (en) 2015-05-14 2017-02-15 北京理工大学 Perovskite/polymer composite luminescent material and preparation method thereof
KR102074599B1 (en) * 2015-07-31 2020-02-06 아반타마 아게 Luminescent Crystals and Their Preparation
JP6714412B2 (en) * 2015-11-17 2020-06-24 国立大学法人九州大学 Two-dimensional perovskite forming material, laminate, device and transistor
TWI750284B (en) 2016-12-22 2021-12-21 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Composition, film, laminated structure, light emitting device, and display
JP6830964B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2021-02-17 住友化学株式会社 Compositions, films, laminated structures, light emitting devices, displays, and methods for producing compositions.
CN110088231B (en) 2016-12-22 2022-09-09 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
JP6600759B2 (en) 2017-03-13 2019-10-30 住友化学株式会社 Mixtures containing perovskite compounds
TWI766999B (en) 2017-05-17 2022-06-11 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Film
CN110799626B (en) 2017-06-23 2023-02-28 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, display, and method for producing composition
WO2018235945A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-27 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film, multilayer structure, light emitting device and display

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201430100A (en) * 2012-12-28 2014-08-01 Shinetsu Chemical Co Method for surface treatment of phosphor
JP6332522B1 (en) * 2017-05-17 2018-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Composition and method for producing the composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112912341A (en) 2021-06-04
WO2020085362A1 (en) 2020-04-30
JP7133437B2 (en) 2022-09-08
CN112912341B (en) 2023-05-02
TW202028423A (en) 2020-08-01
JP2020066568A (en) 2020-04-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201906984A (en) Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
WO2018117130A1 (en) Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, display, and method for producing composition
WO2020085513A1 (en) Particle, composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
TWI830795B (en) Compositions, films, laminated structures, light-emitting devices and displays
CN112912464B (en) Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
WO2020085364A1 (en) Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
WO2020085363A1 (en) Composition, film, laminate structure, light-emitting device, and display
CN112930383B (en) Composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, and display
WO2020085514A1 (en) Composition, film, laminate structure, light-emitting device, and display
WO2020085361A1 (en) Particles, composition, film, layered structure, light-emitting device, and display
TWI841690B (en) Compound, composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, display and method for producing the compound
JP7470532B2 (en) Compound, composition, film, laminated structure, light-emitting device, display, and method for producing compound